DNA 6020F 

SHOTS

ABLE, BAKER, CHARLIE, 

AND DOG 

The First Tests of the 

TUMBLER-SNAPPER Series 

1 APRIL - 1 MAY 1952 

United States Atmospheric Nuclear Weapons Testa 

Nuclear Test Personnel Review 

Prepared by the Defense Nuclear Agency as Executive Agency 

for the Department of Defense 
Destroy this report when it is no longer

needed. Do not return to sender. 

PLEASE NOTIFY THE DEFENSE NUCLEAR AGENCY, 

ATTN: STTI, WASHINGTON, D.C. 20305, IF 

YOUR ADDRESS IS INCORRECT, IF YOU WISH TO 

BE DELETED FROM THE DISTRIBUTION LIST, OR 

IF THE ADDRESSEE IS NO LONGER EMPLOYED BY 

YOUR ORGANIZATION. 
;ECURlTY CLASSIFICATION OF THIS PAGE (When Date Entered) 

READ INSTRUCTIONS REPORTDOCUMENTATIONPAGE BEFORE COMPLETING FORM 

1. REP’ORT NUMBER 2. GOVT ACCESSION NO. 3. RECIPIENT’S CATALOG NUMBER 

DNA 6020F 

b.TITLE (and Subtftle) 5. TYPE OF REPORT 6 PERIOD COVERED 

SHOTS ABLE, BARER, CHARLIE, AND DOG (technical Report 

The First Tests of the TUMBLER-SNAPPER Series 6. PERFORMING ORG. REPORT NUMBER 1 April - 1 May 1952 

JRB 2-816-03-423-00 

1.AUTHOR(a) 6. CONTRACT OR GRANT NUMBER(a) 

Jean Ponton DNA 001-79-C-0473 

Carl Maag 

8.PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS 10. PROGRAM ELEMENT, PROJECT, TASK

AREA h WORK UNIT NUMBERS 

JRB Associates 

8400 Westpark Drive Subtask U99QAXMK506w08 

McLean, Virginia 22102 

1.CONTROLLING OFFICE NAME AND ADDRESS * 12. REPORT DATE 

Director 15 June 1982 

Defense Nuclear Agency 13.NUMBER OF PAGES 

Washington, D.C. 20305 232 

14. MONITORING AGENCY NAME h ADDRESS(If dfffermt from Controlling Offtee) 15. SECURITY CLASS. (of thfa repor?) 

3NCLASSIFIED 

16~. DECLASSIFICATION/DOWNGRADlNG

SCHEDULE 

.!!/Asince UNCLASSIFIED 16. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT (of Lie Raport) 

Approved for public release; distribution unlimited. 

7. DlSTRlBUTlON STATEMENT (of the #battact entered In Block 20, if dffferat trom Repoti) 

16. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES 

This work was sponsored by the Defense Nuclear Agency under RDTdE RMSS Code 

B350079464 U99QAXMK50608 H2590D. For sale by the National Technical Information 

Service, Springfield, Virginia 22161. 

19.KEYWORDS (Cmtfnuo on I~P~~~~ •idm If neceamty md fdentffy by block numb4 

Operation TUMBLER-SNAPPER Exercise Desert Rock IV 

AFSWP Nevada Proving Ground 

AFSWC Atmospheric Nuclear Weapons Tests 

Radiation Exposure 

Ihis report describes the activities of DOD personnel, both civilian and 

nilitary, in Shots ABLE, BARER, CHARLIE, and DOG, the first Operation 

IUMBLER-SNAPPER shots, conducted from 1 April to 1 May 1952. These tests 

involved participants from Exercise Desert Rock IV, AFSWP, AFSWC, and an 

AEC nuclear weapons development laboratory. Radiological safety activities 

at each shot are also described. 

00 I:“,““, 1473 ED)TlOY OF * WOV 65 IS 08SOLETE UNCLASSIFIED 

SECURlTY CLASSIFICATION OF THIS PAGE (- Data Entered) 
8. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES (Continued) 

The Defense Nuclear Agency Action Officer, Lt. Col. H. L. Reese, USAF, 

under whom this work was done, wishes to acknowledge the research and 

editing contribution of numerous reviewers in the military services and 

other organizations, in addition to those writers listed in block 7. 

UNCLASSIFIED 

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION OF THIS PAGEIWhon Data Entoted) 
PREFACE 

Between 1945 and 1962, the U.S. Government, through the 

Manhattan Engineer District and its successor agency, the Atomic 

Energy Commission (AEC), conducted 235 atmospheric nuclear 

weapons tests at sites in the United States and in the Atlantic 

and Pacific Oceans. In all, an estimated 220,000 Department of 

Defense (DOD) participants, both military and civilian, were 

present at the tests. Of these, approximately 90,000 participated in the atmospheric nuclear weapons tests conducted at the 

Nevada Proving Ground (NPG),* northwest of Las Vegas, Nevada. 

In 1977, 15 years after the last above-ground weapons test, 

the Center for Disease Control+ noted a possible leukemia cluster 

among a small group of soldiers at Shot SMOKY, one test of 

Operation PLUMBBOB, the series of atmospheric nuclear weapons 

tests conducted in 1957. Since that initial report by the Center 

for Disease Control, the Veterans Administration has received a 

number of claims for medical benefits from former military 

personnel who believe their health may have been affected by 

their participation in the weapons testing program. 

In late 1977, the DOD began a study to provide data to both 

the Center for Disease Control and the Veterans Administration on 

potential exposures to ionizing radiation among the military and 

civilian participants in atmospheric nuclear weapons testing. 

The DOD organized an effort to: 

• Identify DOD personnel who had taken part in the 

atmospheric nuclear weapons tests 

*Renamed the Nevada Test Site in 1955. 

+The Center for Disease Control is an agency of the U.S. 

Department of Health and Human Services (formerly the U.S. 

Department of Health, Education, and Welfare). 

1 
0 Determine the extent of the participants' exposure to 

ionizing radiation 

0 Provide public disclosure of information concerning participation by DOD personnel in the atmospheric nuclear 

weapons tests. 

METHODS AND SOURCES USED TO PREPARE THIS VOLUME 

This report on the first four nuclear tests of Operation 

TUMBLER-SNAPPER is based on the military and technical documents 

associated with these atmospheric nuclear weapons tests. Many of 

the documents pertaining specifically to DOD involvement in these 

events were found in the Defense Nuclear Agency Technical 

Library, the Office of Air Force History, and the Modern Military 

Branch of the National Archives. 

In most cases, the surviving historical documentation 

addresses test specifications and technical information rather 

than the personnel data critical to the study undertaken by the 

Department of Defense. Moreover, these documents sometimes 

reveal inconsistencies in vital facts. Efforts have been made to 

resolve these inconsistencies where possible or to bring them to 

the attention of the reader. 

In addition to these inconsistencies, documents from the 

Armed Forces Special Weapons Project (AFSWP) do not always refer 

to project titles and agencies in the same way. To make this 

information as uniform as possible, this report uses weapons test 

report titles for each project. Information concerning the dates 

and yields of the detonations is taken from the Department of 

Energy, Announced United States Nuclear Tests, July 1945 through 

1979 (NVO-209). Oth'er facts, such as meteorological conditions 

and dimensions of the clouds formed by the detonations, are taken 

from DNA 1251-1, Compilation of Local Fallout Data from Test 

Detonations 1945-1962, Volume 1, unless more specific information 

is available elsewhere. 
For several of the Exercise Desert Rock and test organization projects discussed in this volume, the only documents 

available are the Sixth Army Desert Rock operation orders and the 

Test Director's schedule of events from "Operation Order l-52." 

These sources detail the plans developed by DOD and AEC personnel 

during Operation TUMBLER-SNAPPER, but it is not known if all the 

projects addressed in the planning documents were conducted 

exactly as planned. Although some of the after-action documents 

summarize the projects performed during Operation TUMBLERSNAPPER, they do not always supply shot-specific information. In 

the absence of shot-specific after-action reports, this volume 

describes projects according to the plans. The references 

indicate whether the description of activities is based on the 

schedule of events, operation orders, or after-action reports. 

ORGANIZATION AND CONTENT OF OPERATION TUMBLER-SNAPPER REPORTS 

This volume details participation by DOD personnel in the 

first four events of Operation TUMBLER-SNAPPER. Two other publications address DOD activities during this test series: 

0 Series volume: Operation TUMBLER-SNAPPER, 1952 

0 Multi-shot volume: Shots EASY, FOX, GEORGE, and 

HOW, the Final Tests of the 

TUMBLER-SNAPPER Series. 

The Operation TUMBLER-SNAPPER volumes are designed for use 

with one another. The series volume provides general information 

on topics such as the historical context of the TUMBLER-SNAPPER 

test program, its overall objectives, and the layout of the 

Nevada Proving Ground. In addition, the series volume contains a 

bibliography of works consulted in the preparation of all three 

Operation TUMBLER-SNAPPER reports. The multi-shot volumes, on 

the other hand, describe several nuclear events and list only the 

sources referenced in the text. Descriptions of activities 

concerning any particular shot in the series may be supplemented 

by the general organizational and radiological safety information 

in the Operation TUMBLER-SNAPPER volume. 

3 
The first chapter of this volume describes the physical 

setting and general characteristics of Shots ABLE, BAKER, 

CHARLIE, and DOG and briefly introduces the Desert Rock exercises 

and the scientific activities in which DOD personnel participated. The remaining four chapters address each of the four 

shots in turn. Each of these chapters describes the setting and 

characteristics of one detonation and details DOD participation 

in the scientific projects conducted by the test groups. The 

chapters describing CHARLIE and DOG also discuss the training 

activities associated with Exercise Desert Rock IV. The chapters 

conclude by discussing the radiological protection procedures 

used to minimize the potential for exposures to ionizing radiation. Details of the overall radiological protection program at 

Operation TUMBLER-SNAPPER are provided in the series volume. 

The information in this report is supplemented by the 

Reference Manual: Background Materials for the CONUS Volumes, 

which summarizes information on radiation physics, radiation 

health concepts, exposure criteria, and measurement techniques. 

It also lists acronyms and provides a glossary of terms used in 

the DOD reports addressing test events in the continental United 

States. 

4 
•• ••

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

CHAPTER PAGE 

PREFACE.......................... 1 

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 

LIST OF TABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 

1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 

1.1 Department of Defense Participation at the 

First Four TUMBLER-SNAPPER Events. . . . . . . . . 12 

1.2 Department of Defense Involvement in Joint 

AEC-DOD Organization Activities at the 

First Four TUMBLER-SNAPPER Events. . . . . . . . . 17 

1.3 Exercise Desert Rock IV Activities at the First 

Four TUMBLER-SNAPPER Events. . . . . . . . . . . . 18 

Shot ABLE Synopsis . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . • 20 

2 SHOTABLE....................... 21 

2.1 Exercise Desert Rock IV Operations at Shot ABLE. . 21 

2.2 Department of Defense Participation in Scientific 

and Support Activities at Shot ABLE. . . . . . . . 22 

2.2.1 Military Effects Test Group 

Projects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 

2.2.2 Weapons Development Test Group

Activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 

2.2.3 Air Force Special Weapons Center 

Activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 

2.3 Radiation Protection at Shot ABLE. . . . . . . . . 44 

Shot BAKER Synopsis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 

3 SHOTBAKER....................... 50 

3.1 Exercise Desert Rock IV Operations at 

Shot BAKER.................... 50 

3.2 Department of Defense Participation in Scientific 

and Support Activities at Shot BAKER . . . . . . . 53 

5 
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) 

CHAPTER PAGE 

3.2.1 Military Effects Test Group Projects. . . . 53 

3.2.2 Weapons Development Test Group 

Activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 

3.2.3 Air Force Special Weapons Center 

Activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 

3.3 Radiation Protection at Shot BAKER . . . . . . . . 79 

Shot CHARLIE Synopsis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 

4 SHOT CHARLIE...................... 85 

4.1 Exercise Desert Rock IV Operations at 

Shot CHARLIE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 

4.1.1 Participation of Camp Desert Rock Support

Troops................... 87 

4.1.2 Observer Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 

4.1.3 Tactical Troop Maneuver . . . . . . . . . . 95 

4.2 Department of Defense Participation in Scientific 

and Support Activities at Shot CHARLIE . . . . . . 104 

4.2.1 Military Effects Test Group Projects. . . . 104 

4.2.2 Weapons Development Test Group 

Activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 

4.2.3 Air Force Special Weapons Center 

Activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 

4.3 Radiation Protection at Shot CHARLIE . . . . . . . 136 

4.3.1 Desert Rock Radiation Protection 

Activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 

4.3.2 Joint AEC-DOD Radiation Protection 

Activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 

Shot DOG Synopsis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 

5 SHOTDOG........................ 144 

5.1 Exercise Desert Rock IV Operations at Shot DOG . . 144 

5.1.1 Participation of Camp Desert Rock Support

Troops ................... 145 

5.1.2 Troop Observer Activities ......... 146 

5.1.3 Tactical Troop Maneuver .......... 148 

5.2 Department of Defense Participation in Scientific 

and Support Activities at Shot DOG . . . . . . . . 156 

6 
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) 

CHAPTER PAGE 

5.2.1 Military Effects Test Group Projects. . . . 156 

5.2.2 Weapons Development Test Group 

Activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 

5.2.3 Air Force Special Weapons Center 

Activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 

5.3 Radiation Protection at Shot DOG . . . . . . . . . 190 

5.3.1 Desert Rock Radiation Protection 

Activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 

5.3.2 Joint AEC-DOD Radiation Protection 

Activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 

REFERENCE LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS 

FIGURE PAGE 

l-l Location of Shots ABLE, BAKER, CHARLIE, and DOG at the 

Nevada Proving Ground in Relation to Other Shots in 

the TUMBLER-SNAPPER Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 

2-l Project 1.7 Personnel Install Accelerometers 

along the Blast Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 

2-2 Cameramen from the Air Force Lookout Mountain 

Laboratory Photograph the Development of the 

Cloud from a C-47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 

2-3 Flight Pattern for B-50 Drop Aircraft, Shot ABLE. . . 40 

2-4 Crew of the Disaster Aircraft Plots the Position of 

the Bombing Aircraft Enroute to the Shot Area . . . . 42 

2-5 Radiation Isointensity Map for Shot ABLE, 1 April 1952, 

1400to1500Hours.................. 47 

2-6 Subsequent Radiation Isointensity Maps for 

Shot ABLE...................... 48 

3-l Area 7 Ground Zero Target, Shots BAKER, CHARLIE, 

DOG........................* 51 

3-2 View of the BAKER Burst from the Control Point at 

YuccaPass...................... 52 
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (Continued) 

FIGURE PAGE 

3-3 

3-4 

3-5 

3-6 

4-l 

4-2 

4-3 

4-4 

4-5 

4-6 

4-7 

4-8 

4-9 

4-10 

4-11 

5-1 

Ground Zero and AFSWP Instrument Layouts for 

Shots BAKER, CHARLIE, and DOG . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 

Project 8.6 Personnel Prepare Acoustic Velocity

Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 

Initial Radiation Isointensity Map for Shot BAKER, 

15 April 1952, 1011 to 1040 Hours . . . . . . . . . . 81 

Subsequent Radiation Isointensity Maps for 

Shot BAKER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 

Operation SCRIBE Activities at News Nob . . . . . . . 86 

Observer Trenches, Display and Parking Areas, and 

Routes of Advance for Service Observers and 

Maneuver Troops at Shot CHARLIE . . . . . . . . . . . 89 

Service Observers in Trenches for Rehearsal of 

Shot CHARLIE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 

Official DOD and Government Observers at News Nob 

Rehearsing for Shot CHARLIE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 

Air Force Personnel of the 140th Fighter-Bomber

Group (Provisional) Marching to the Equipment Display

Areas........................ 99 

Troops of the 82nd Airborne Division Putting on 

Their Parachutes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 

Paratroopers of the 82nd Airborne Division Await 

the Signal to Jump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 

Paratroopers of the 82nd Airborne Division 

Descending over the Nevada Proving Ground . . . . . . 103 

Participant in Project 3.1 Adjusting Instruments. . . 113 

Initial Radiation Isointensity Map for 

Shot CHARLIE, 22 April 1952, 1015 to 1040 Hours . . . 140 

Subsequent Radiation Isointensity Maps

for Shot CHARLIE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 

Observer Trenches, Display and Parking Areas, and 

Routes of Advance for Exercise Desert Rock IV 

Activities at Shot DOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (Continued) 

FIGURE PAGE 

5-2 Members of the Marine Corps Provisional Atomic 

Exercise Unit Assembling in the Trench Area 

before the DOG Detonation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 

5-3 Marines Observe the Shot DOG Cloud . . . . . . . . . . 153 

5-4 Marine Corps Photographer at Shot DOG 

Equipment Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 

5-5 Marine Monitors Participant in Maneuver 

at Shot DOG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 

5-6 A Member of the Radiological Safety Group Checks for 

Contamination with One of the Radiometers Used in 

Project 8.3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 

5-7 Project 9.1 Participant from Lookout Mountain 

Laboratory Photographing the DOG Fireball. . . . . . . 178 

5-8 Initial Radiation Isointensity Map for Shot DOG, 

1 May 1952, 0905 to 1005 Hours . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 

5-9 Subsequent Radiation Isointensity Maps 

forShotDOG.....................196 

LIST OF TABLES 

TABLE PAGE 

l-l Summary of the First Four Operation TUMBLER-SNAPPER 

Events,1952..................... 13 

2-l Test Group Activities with Department of Defense 

Participation, Shot ABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 

3-l Test Group Activities with Department of Defense 

Participation, Shot BAKER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 

4-l Exercise Desert Rock IV Activities at Shot CHARLIE . . 87 

4-2 Test Group Activities with Department of Defense 

Participation, Shot CHARLIE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 

5-l Test Group Activities with Department of Defense 

Participation, Shot DOG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 

9 
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS 

The following abbreviations and acronyms are used in this 

volume: 

AEC 

AFB 

AFSWC 

AFSWP 

BJY 

DOD 

EGBG 

HumRRO 

IBDA 

LASL 

NPG 

OR0 

R/h

SAC 

UCLA 

UTM 

Atomic Energy Commission 

Air Force Base 

Air Force Special Weapons Center 

Armed Forces Special Weapons Project 

BUSTER-JANGLE Y 

Department of Defense 

Edgerton, Germeshausen, and Grier, Inc. 

Human Resources Research Office 

Indirect Bomb Damage Assessment 

Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

Nevada Proving Ground 

Operations Research Office 

Roentgens per hour 

Strategic Air Command 

University of California at Los Angeles 

Universal Transverse Mercator 

10 
CHAPTER 1 

INTRODUCTION 

Shots ABLE, BAKER, CHARLIE, and DOG were tests of nuclear 

devices conducted from 1 April to 1 May 1952 at the Nevada 

Proving Ground, the continental test site northwest of Las Vegas. 

The shots were the first four detonations of Operation TUMBLERSNAPPER, the atmospheric nuclear weapons series conducted from 

1 April to 5 June 1952. Shots ABLE, BAKER, CHARLIE, and DOG 

were airdrops. Shot ABLE detonated over Frenchman Flat in Area 

5. BAKER, CHARLIE, and DOG detonated over Area 7 of Yucca Flat 

with nearly the same ground zero. 

The Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory (LASL), an Atomic 

Energy Commission nuclear weapons development laboratory, 

designed and built these four nuclear devices. ABLE and BAKER, 

part of the TUMBLER phase of Operation TUMBLER-SNAPPER, were 

weapons effects tests. They were detonated to study the blast 

pressures produced by an airdropped device. The peak blast overpressures for the airdrops of Operation BUSTER-JANGLE, the series 

preceding TUMBLER-SNAPPER, were significantly lower than had been 

predicted. TUMBLER was designed to investigate the reasons for 

the differences between predicted and actual measurements. To 

study the effect of surface on blast overpressure, Shot ABLE was 

detonated over Frenchman Flat and BAKER over Yucca Flat (10; 98; 

105).* 

*All sources cited in the text are listed alphabetically and 

numbered in the Reference List, at the end of this volume. The 

number given in the citation in the text is the number of the 

source document in the Reference List. 

11 
Because CHARLIE and DOG were weapons effects and weapons 

development studies, they were part of both the TUMBLER and 

SNAPPER phases of Operation TUMBLER-SNAPPER. As weapons development shots, CHARLIE and DOG tested weapons for the nuclear stockpile and techniques to be used in the Pacific during Operation 

IVY, scheduled for the fall of 1952 (94; 98; 105). 

Table l-l summarizes information on the first four TUMBLERSNAPPER events, including such information as the UTM* coordinates for the points of detonation and the heights of burst. 

Figure l-l displays a 1952 map of the positions of each TUMBLERSNAPPER test within the Nevada Proving Ground (62). 

1.1 DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE PARTICIPATION AT THE FIRST FOUR 

TUMBLER-SNAPPER EVENTS 

The joint AEC-DOD organization was established to plan, 

coordinate, and conduct atmospheric nuclear weapons tests during 

Operation TUMBLER-SNAPPER. Composed of personnel from the Atomic 

Energy Commission and the Department of Defense, the joint 

AEC-DOD organization also included representatives of various 

weapons development laboratories, AFSWP Test Command, and the Air 

Force Special Weapons Center (AFSWC). The many scientific and 

military projects conducted at the first four TUMBLER-SNAPPER 

events were fielded by two test groups and coordinated by the 

joint AEC-DOD organization. Other activities were conducted as 

part of the military training programs associated with Exercise 

Desert Rock IV. These activities, planned and conducted by the 

armed services, were reviewed and approved by the Test Manager to 

ensure coordination with the AEC and the test groups. 

*Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) coordinates are used in this 

report. The first three digits refer to a point on an east-west 

axis, and the second three refer to a point on a north-south 

axis. The point so designated is the southwest corner of an 

area 100 meters square. 

12 
Table l-l: SUMMARY OF THE FIRST FOUR OPERATION 

TUMBLER-SNAPPER EVENTS, 1952 

UJ 

3 

3 5Y % 

Shot $ s 3 

Sponsor DOD-L4SL DOD-LASL DOD-LASL DOD-LASL 

Planned Date 1 April 15 April 22 April 29 April 

Actual Date 1 April 15 April 22 April 1 May 

Time+ 0900 0930 0930 0830 

NPG Location Area 5 Area 7 Area 7 Area 7 

Frenchman 

Flat 

UTM Coordinates 945729 872044 871045 871044 

Type of Detonation Airdrop Airdrop Airdrop Airdrop 

Height of Burst 793 1,109 3,447 1,040 

(Feet above Terrain) 

Yield (kilotons) 1 1 31 19 

••Pacific Standard Time 

13 
---------- 

HOW I@ 

YUCCA FLAT 

ABLE 

Camp Mercury 

0 Camp Desert Rock 

d 

Kilometers 

Figure l-l: LOCATION OF SHOTS ABLE, BAKER, CHARLIE, AND DOG AT 

THE NEVADA PROVING GROUND IN RELATION TO OTHER 

SHOTS IN THE TUMBLER-SNAPPER SERIES 

14 
Department of Defense participation at Shots ABLE through 

DOG was of four types: 

Administrative and support services for the joint 

AEC-DOD organization 

0 

0 Test group scientific and diagnostic activities, 

especially those of AFSWP 

• Exercise Desert Rock IV military maneuvers and 

support 

0 Air support. 

Although the AEC was responsible for planning, coordinating, 

and executing the programs and activities associated with Operation TUMBLER-SNAPPER, DOD personnel assisted the AEC Test Manager 

in these duties. The DOD personnel attached to the joint AEC-DOD 

organization were responsible for overseeing DOD's technical and 

military planning objectives. 

DOD personnel also participated in the scientific and 

diagnostic projects of two test groups: the Military Effects 

Test Group, directed by Test Command, AFSWP, and the Weapons 

Development Test Group with scientists from LASL, from Edgerton, 

Germeshausen, and Grier, Inc. (EG&G), from the Naval Research 

Laboratory, and from the Sandia Corporation. The Military 

Effects Test Group involved more DOD participants than the other 

test group. Drawn from various DOD civilian and military 

laboratories, these participants conducted experiments to study 

weapons effects. Although activities of the AEC Weapons 

Development Test Group were conducted primarily by scientists 

from the Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory, some DOD personnel 

were assigned to LASL and participated in its projects. 

Participants in test group projects generally placed 

instruments and experimental material around the intended ground 

zero in the days and weeks before the scheduled detonation. 

After the detonation, when the Test Manager had determined that 

15 
the radiological environment in the shot area would permit 

access, they returned to recover the equipment. During a 

detonation, project personnel were generally positioned at 

designated observer locations or were operating equipment or 

aircraft at substantial distances from ground zero. 

Military training manuevers involving DOD personnel were 

conducted through the Exercise Desert Rock IV programs at Shots 

CHARLIE and DOG. The Desert Rock IV programs usually involved 

more DOD participants than did the test group projects. Desert 

Rock activities generally included orientation and indoctrination 

programs, highlighted by the observation of a nuclear burst. At 

Shots CHARLIE and DOG, Exercise Desert Rock IV also included 

tactical troop maneuvers after the detonations. 

Approximately 1,500 soldiers from various Army units 

provided support for the Exercise Desert Rock programs. They 

maintained and operated Camp Desert Rock, an installation of the 

Sixth Army. These soldiers provided essential support services, 

such as food and housing. In addition, some of the Desert Rock 

support troops worked in the forward areas of the NPG to perform 

radiological safety monitoring, construct observer trenches, lay 

communication lines, provide transportation, and assist with 

other preparations for Desert Rock IV activities. Many of the 

Camp Desert Rock support personnel observed at least one 

detonation during the TUMBLER-SNAPPER series, and some were 

called upon to perform support or staff duties in the test areas 

during nuclear detonations. 

Finally, DOD personnel of the Air Force Special Weapons 

Center provided air support for the Test Manager and the test 

groups. AFSWC conducted cloud sampling, sample courier missions, 

cloud tracking, aerial surveys of the terrain, and other air 

support as requested. AFSWC consisted of two units from Kirtland 

AFB: the 4925th Test Group (Atomic) and the 4901st Support Wing 

16 
(Atomic). These units used Indian Springs AFB, 30 kilometers* 

east of Camp Mercury, as a staging area during Operation 

TUMBLER-SNAPPER. 

1.2 DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE INVOLVEMENT IN JOINT AEC-DOD 

ORGANIZATION ACTIVITIES AT THE FIRST FOUR TUMBLERSNAPPER EVENTS 

The Military Effects Test Group and the Weapons Development 

Test Group conducted scientific and diagnostic projects at Shots 

ABLE, BAKER, CHARLIE, and DOG. Information on the numbers of 

participants in the test group projects and the times of their 

activities has been obtained from the Test Director's "Operation 

Order l-52" (95). This document gives plans developed by DOD and 

AEC personnel before each TUMBLER-SNAPPER shot, but it does not 

describe the projects as actually conducted. In many instances, 

little or no documentation has been found to confirm whether the 

recovery times and numbers of personnel mentioned in project 

Plans were the times and numbers used in the actual tests. The 

description of test group activities in the following chapters 

assumes that projects were performed to specifications given in 

"Operation Order l-52." 

Department of Defense participants followed radiation 

protection procedures established by the joint AEC-DOD organization. These procedures, described in the TUMBLER-SNAPPER 

Series volume, were designed to minimize exposure to ionizing 

radiation. Documents differ as to the exposure limit for test 

group participants. The radiological safety report indicates 

that 3.9 roentgens was the limit (65), but other planning and 

after-action reports give the limit as 3.0 roentgens. AFSWC 

sampling pilots, however, were authorized to receive up to 3.9 

roentgens during the series (57). To implement these criteria, 

*Throughout this report, surface distances are given in metric 

units. The metric conversion factors include: 1 meter = 3.28 

feet; 1 meter = 1.09 yards; 1 kilometer = 0.62 miles. 

17 
the AFSWP Radiological Safety Group controlled access to radioactive areas, and radiological safety monitors accompanied 

project personnel recovering test instruments from radioactive 

areas. The monitors, who continuously checked radiation 

intensities in the recovery area, kept the participants informed 

of the radiological environment. To monitor cumulative 

exposures, project personnel were issued film badges. These film 

badges were collected, developed, and evaluated at regular intervals, and any individual whose cumulative exposure approached or 

exceeded the established limits was barred from further participation in project activities in the forward area. Personnel 

decontamination procedures were implemented, and emergency evacuation plans were prepared for all test events. 

Complete decontamination, including showers and issues of 

clean clothing, was required of Air Force sampling personnel 

following each project mission, regardless of the exposure 

received on the flight. Other aircrew members underwent 

decontamination as necessary. Aircraft were either decontaminated by washing or were isolated until radiation intensities 

decayed to permissible levels. 

1.3 EXERCISE DESERT ROCK IV ACTIVITIES AT THE FIRST FOUR 

TUMBLER-SNAPPER EVENTS 

Exercise Desert Rock IV was part of the Armed Forces' 

continuing program to train personnel in the use and effects of 

nuclear weapons and to test battlefield doctrine and tactics 

during the continental nuclear weapons tests. There were no 

official Desert Rock activities at Shots ABLE and BAKER. During 

Shots CHARLIE and DOG, however, approximately 4,510 DOD personnel 

took part in two Desert Rock IV programs: 

The troop observer program, in which troops 

witnessed a nuclear detonation, involved an 

estimated 885 DOD personnel. 

• The tactical troop maneuvers, which engaged troops 

after they had observed the detonations, involved an 

estimated 3,625 DOD participants. 

18 

0 
In addition, about 1,500 Camp Desert Rock support troops 

provided communications, transportation, traffic control, and 

radiological safety monitoring for Desert Rock activities at 

Shots CHARLIE and DOG. Chemical, Biological, and Radiological 

monitors from units throughout the Sixth Army and additional 

monitors from participating Desert Rock units provided radiological safety monitoring for Exercise Desert Rock IV participants in the test area following the CHARLIE and DOG detonations. 

The AFSWP Radiological Safety Group provided technical advice to 

Desert Rock monitors, loaned radiac instruments and dosimeters, 

furnished and processed film badges for Desert Rock participants, 

and accompanied Desert Rock monitors on their initial surveys 

after Shots CHARLIE and DOG. This group was composed of soldiers 

from the 216th Chemical Service Company, the 17th Chemical 

Technical Intelligence Detachment, and officers and enlisted men 

from AFSWP, the Air Force, and the Navy (65; 75). 

Camp Desert Rock personnel and exercise participants were 

limited to 3.0 roentgens of exposure during Exercise Desert Rock 

IV. The radiation protection procedures of Exercise Desert Rock 

IV included provisions for: 

a Maintaining minimum safe distances from nuclear 

detonations 

0 Controlling access to radiation areas 

0 Issuing film badges to Desert Rock personnel 

0 Monitoring individuals working in radiation areas 

0 Monitoring the cumulative doses of personnel 

• Decontaminating personnel and equipment 

0 Establishing emergency evacuation plans similar to 

those formulated by the test groups and AFSWC. 

These procedures were intended to minimize exposure while 

allowing Desert Rock personnel to accomplish their missions 

(8; 75). 

19 
SHOT ABLE SYNOPSIS 

AEC TEST SERIES: TUMBLER-SNAPPER 

DOD EXERCISE: None 

DATE/TIME: 1 April 1952, 0900 hours 

YIELD: 1 kiloton 

HEIGHT OF BURST: 793 feet (airdrop) 

AEC Objectives: 1) To determine the effects of terrain on 

airblast pressure 

2) To check the validity of air blast gauges

used at Operation BUSTER-JANGLE. 

Weather: At shot-time, the surface winds were from the 

northeast at six knots. Winds were ten knots 

from the south-southwest at 10,000 feet and 

37 knots from the west at 20,000 feet. The 

temperature was 14OC, the relative humidity 

was 28 percent, and the pressure was 

914 millibars. 

Radiation Data: Onsite radioactivity was characterized by 

a small area of radiation around ground zero. 

About six hours after the shot, the 0.01 R/h

radiation intensity line was at a radius of 

about 600 meters from ground zero. 

Participants: Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory; Armed Forces 

Special Weapons Project; Atomic Energy

Commission; Air Force Special Weapons Center; 

contractors. 

20 
CHAPTER 2 

SHOT ABLE 

Shot ABLE, primarily a weapons effects test, was conducted 

as scheduled at 0900 hours Pacific Standard Time on 1 April 1952. 

Developed by the Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory, the nuclear 

device was dropped from a B-50 aircraft flying over Frenchman 

Flat,* UTM coordinates 945729, at an altitude of 22,135 feet. 

The ABLE device, which was fired at a height of 793 feet, had a 

yield of one kiloton. The top of the Shot ABLE cloud reached an 

altitude of 16,200 feet, where the winds were from the west at 

about 20 knots, and moved east from the point of detonation (3; 

39; 52; 57; 62). 

Before the test, AEC and DOD personnel conducted two 

practice missions at the NPG. The first rehearsal, staged by the 

Air Force on 28 March, did not include an airdrop of any explosive device. The second rehearsal, conducted by the AEC and the 

Air Force Special Weapons Center on 30 March, involved the 

airdrop of a conventional high-explosive charge (3; 52; 57). 

2.1 EXERCISE DESERT ROCK IV OPERATIONS AT SHOT ABLE 

Shot ABLE was originally intended to be an indoctrination 

shot for many Desert Rock staff and camp personnel. However, the 

Test Director reduced the observer group to 15 members of the 

Desert Rock Exercise Director's staff (23). 

*Frenchman Flat is approximately 3,000 feet above mean sea level. 

In this report., altitudes are usually measured in feet above 

mean sea level, and heights in feet above ground level. 

21 
2.2 DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE PARTICIPATION IN SCIENTIFIC AND 

SUPPORT ACTIVITIES AT SHOT ABLE 

Department of Defense personnel took part in scientific and 

diagnostic projects of the Military Effects Test Group and the 

Weapons Development Test Group. Table 2-l lists the test group 

projects and identifies the participating agencies. In addition 

to participating in test group experiments, AFSWC provided air 

support to the test groups and to the Test Manager. 

2.2.1 Military Effects Test Group Projects 

Because Shot ABLE was detonated primarily to document blast 

pressures produced by an airdropped nuclear device, many of the 

Military Effects Test Group projects conducted at the shot were 

part of Program 1, Blast Measurements, To document the blast 

overpressure produced, project personnel spent several weeks 

before the detonation placing and calibrating pressure gauges 

(10; 13-15; 105). These activities were completed the day before 

the detonation. 

The following project descriptions often discuss recovery 

operations as occurring after the announcement of recovery hour. 

The actual time of recovery hour is not known, although it 

probably was declared about an hour after the shot. 

Project 1.2, Air Pressure versus Time, was conducted by the 

Stanford Research Institute to collect data on the airblast 

produced by an airdropped nuclear device. Before the detonation, 

project personnel placed blast gauges at 11 stations located 

between ground zero and 920 meters west of ground zero. One hour 

after the area was opened for recovery operations, a party of 

three collected data from blast gauges as close as 460 meters 

from ground zero. Ten project personnel, accompanied by 

monitors, recovered the more distant gauges for use at Shot 

BAKER. At 0930 hours on the day after the detonation, about ten 

22 
Table 2-1: TEST GROUP ACTIVITIES WITH DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE 

PARTICIPATION, SHOT ABLE 

Projectl 

Program Title Participants 

Military Effects Test Group 

1.2 Air Pressure versus Time Stanford Research institute 

1.3 and Free-air and Ground-level Pressure Measurements Naval Ordnance Laboratory 

1.5 

1.4 Air Blast Measurements Ballistic Research Laboratories 

1.6 Ground Acceleration Measurements Ballistic Research Laboratories 

1.7 Earth Acceleration versus Time Stanford Research Institute 

1.9 Pre-shock Dust Army Chemical Center 

2.1 Total Gamma Exposure versus Distance Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories 

3.1 Vulnerability of Parked Aircraft to Atomic Bombs Wright Air Development Center; Los Alamos 

Scientific Laboratory; Naval Radiological 

Defense Laboratory 

6.1 Evaluation of Military Radiac Equipment Bureau of Ships; Signal Corps 

Engineering Laboratories 

6.4 Operational Tests of Radar and Photographic Wright Air Development Center; 

Techniques for IBDA Strategic Air Command 

7.2 Detection of Airborne Low-frequency Sound from Headquarters, Air Force; Signal Corps 

Atomic Explosions Engineering Laboratories; National Bureau 

of Standards 

7.3 Radiochemical and Physical Analysis of Atomic Headquarters, Air Force 

Bomb Debris 

8.2 Air Temperatures in the Vicinity of a Nuclear Naval Radiological Defense Laboratory 

Detonation 

8.3 Thermal Radiation from a Nuclear Detonation Naval Radiological Defense Laboratory 

8.6 Sound Velocity Changes near the Ground in Naval Electronics Laboratory 

the Vicinity of an Atomic Explosion 

9.1 Technical and Training Photography Naval Medical Research Institute; 

Air Force Lookout Mountain Laboratory; 

Wright Air Development Center; 

4925th Test Group (Atomic); SAC 5th and 

28th Reconnaissance Technical Squadrons; 

Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories; Army 

Pictorial Service Division 

23 
Table 2-1: TEST GROUP ACTIVITIES WITH DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE 

PARTICIPATION, SHOT ABLE (Continued) 

Project/ 

Program Title Participants 

Military Effects Test Group (Continued) 

9.2 Air Weather Service Participation Air Weather Service 

9.4 Effects of Atomic Explosions on the ionosphere Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories; 

9471st Technical Service Unit 

Weapons Development Test Group 

12.1 Technical Photography EG&G 

12.lc Bhangmeter Mod II EG&G 

13 Radiochemistry Sampling Program 4925th Test Group (Atomic) 

17.1 integral Neutron Measurements Los Aiamos Scientific Laboratory 

18.1 Total Thermal Radiation and Atmospheric Naval Research Laboratory 

Transmission 

18.4 High-resolution Spectroscopy Naval Research Laboratory 

19.la Air Shock Pressure - Time versus Distance Sandia Corporation; Los Alamos Scientific 

Laboratory; Armed Forces Special Weapons 

Project; Stanford Rmrch institute; Naval 

Ordnance Laboratory; Ballistic Research 

Laboratories 

19.lc-d Shock-gauge Evaluations Tests Sandia Laboratory; Los Alamos Scientific 

Laboratory 

19.2a-b Blast-wave Material Velocity Measurements Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory; EG&G 

19.2d interferometergauge Pressure-time Measurements Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

19.2f Measurement of Preshock Sound Velocity Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

24 
project personnel in three vehicles collected the remaining blast 

gauges up to the ground zero location (95; 102). 

Projects 1.3 and 1.5, Free-air and Ground-level Pressure 

Measurements, were conducted as one project by the Naval Ordnance 

Laboratory. The objective was to measure pressures produced by a 

nuclear detonation at ground level and in free air (20). 

Project 1.3 personnel installed gauges flush with the 

surface around ground zero to measure air pressure at ground 

level. The results were transmitted to a recording trailer 

located 1,530 meters from ground zero. At the announcement of 

recovery hour, two Project 1.3 personnel began retrieving 

pressure records from the trailer. They spent about 30 minutes 

in the shot area. Three hours after the declaration of recovery 

hour, two project personnel were scheduled to inspect and 

retrieve the gauges. Their closest approach to ground zero was 

to be either 460 meters or the 0.1 R/h line, whichever they 

reached first. At 0930 hours on the day after the detonation, 

two project personnel and a radiological safety monitor collected ’ 

blast gauges from all other locations up to ground zero (20; 95). 

Project 1.5 participants measured pressures in free air by 

photographing smoke rocket trails. At 1630 hours on the day 

before the detonation, six Project 1.5 personnel prepared rocket 

launchers 150 to 920 meters north of ground zero. Seconds before 

the shot, the smoke rockets were launched remotely, and immediately after the detonation their trails were photographed. At 

0900 hours on the day following the detonation, six participants 

checked the rocket launchers (20; 95). 

Project 1.4, Air Blast Measurements, was conducted by the 

Ballistic Research Laboratories. The objective was to determine 

the shape of the pressure pulse and peak pressure of the shock 

wave generated near the ground from a nuclear device detonated 

25 
high in the air. Before the detonation, personnel installed 

instruments on lo- and 50-foot towers, located 20, 150, and 920 

meters from ground zero, and then left the area. Three hours 

after recovery hour, three project personnel began retrieving 

data from the stations for laboratory analysis. They spent about 

20 minutes in recovery operations (21; 95). 

Project 1.6, Ground Acceleration Measurements, was conducted 

by the Ballistic Research Laboratories. Project personnel measured ground shock with accelerometers positioned before the 

detonation at stations 60, 180, 330, 480, 630, and 940 meters 

from ground zero. At 1630 hours on the day before the shot, 

three project participants went to the stations to make a lastminute check of the instruments. Three hours after recovery 

hour, four project participants drove by truck into the shot area 

and spent two hours and 30 minutes retrieving the more distant 

accelerometers. At 0930 hours on the day after the detonation, 

four project personnel began recovering the accelerometers from 

the stations closest to ground zero (60; 95). 

Project 1.7, Earth Acceleration versus Time, was conducted 

by the Stanford Research Institute to measure the proportion of 

blast energy absorbed from the air by the earth. Before the 

shot, project personnel instrumented 11 stations with accelerometers. The stations were at the same locations as those used 

for Project 1.2 and were positioned up to 920 meters west of 

ground zero (103). Figure 2-l shows project personnel installing 

accelerometers. 

One hour after the area was opened for recovery operations, 

a party of three collected the data. Meanwhile, ten project 

personnel, accompanied by monitors and assisted by Project 1.2 

personnel, retrieved some of the accelerometers for use at BAKER. 

At 0930 hours on the day after the detonation, about ten project 

personnel in three vehicles collected the remaining accelerometers up to ground zero (95; 103). 

26 

Project 1.9, Pre-shock Dust, was conducted by the Chemical 

and Radiological Laboratories of the Army Chemical Center. The 

objective was to determine the concentration and the size 

distribution of the dust generated before the arrival of the 

shock wave by thermal radiation resulting from a nuclear 

detonation. Before the detonation, project personnel installed 

instruments for collecting dust particles at four stations: two 

were 180 meters and two were 330 meters from ground zero. The 

instruments, which included cascade impactors and filter 

samplers, collected pre-shock dust particles generated during the 

brief interval between the detonation and the arrival of the 

shock wave at each of the stations (27). 

After the announcement of recovery hour, three project per-

.sonnel, accompanied by a radiological safety monitor, reentered 

the shot area and removed instruments from the sampling stations. 

This activity was scheduled to take one hour. Participants then 

took the equipment and dust particle samples to the Yucca Flat 

airstrip where, within four hours, each sample was packaged and 

placed aboard a courier aircraft for transport to the Army 

Chemical Center for analysis. Section 2.2.3, on AFSWC activities 

during ABLE, discusses the courier flights (27; 95). 

Project 2.1, Total Gamma Exposure versus Distance, was conducted by the Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories to measure 

gamma radiation exposure as a function of distance. Shortly 

before the detonation, project personnel placed film packets at 

go-meter intervals along a radial line extending up to 1,000 

meters from the point of detonation. When the area was opened 

for recovery operations, two project personnel and a monitor 

drove into the shot area to retrieve the film packets. Film 

readings were shared with Projects 3.1 and 6.1 and the Office, 

Chief of Army Field Forces (81; 95). 

28 
Project 3.1, Vulnerability of Parked Aircraft to Atomic 

Bombs, was performed by the Wright Air Development Center and by 

project personnel from LASL and the Naval Radiological Defense 

Laboratory. The objective at Shot ABLE was to test photographic 

equipment to be used for this project at Shots BAKER, CHARLIE, 

and DOG. Project personnel placed 12 cameras 670 meters from the 

intended ground zero in an emplacement shielded by lead bricks 

and sandbags. They positioned an oil drum 18 meters from and in 

view of the cameras. They then set the cameras to photograph 

automatically the effects of the blast on the oil drum for about 

30 seconds. One hour after recovery hour, three project personnel and a radiological safety monitor retrieved film from the 

cameras for processing at the base camp (95; 104). 

Project 6.1, Evaluation of Military Radiac Equipment, was 

conducted by the Bureau of Ships and the Signal Corps Engineering 

Laboratories to evaluate radiac survey equipment. Before the 

shot, personnel placed dosimeters 920 to 2,740 meters from ground 

zero. Starting two hours after recovery hour, six personnel and 

a monitor in a vehicle spent three hours recovering the dosimeters. In addition, Project 6.1 personnel furnished standard 

and experimental radiation survey meters to other projects in 

order to evaluate the meters (95; 107). 

Project 6.4, Operational Tests of Radar and Photographic 

Techniques for IBDA, was conducted by the Wright Air Development 

Center, with support from the Strategic Air Command. The 

objective was to evaluate the Indirect Bomb Damage Assessment 

(IBDA) system under development at the Wright Air Development 

Center. The 509th Bombardment Group of SAC staged three B-50D 

aircraft from Kirtland AFB to make a postshot test of the IBDA 

system. 

Aircraft 1 and 2, simulating drop aircraft flying at 22,135, 

feet, flew 1,800 feet and 1,300 feet, respectively, above the 

29 
drop aircraft. Two seconds before shot-time, aircraft 1 made a 

40-degree turn to the right, and aircraft 2 made a 30-degree turn 

to the left. The headings were held until eight seconds after 

the detonation. Aircraft 3, simulating an escort aircraft, was 

800 feet above and seven nautical miles behind the drop aircraft. 

Aircraft 3 held the same heading for approximately 45 seconds 

after shot-time and then turned to leave the area. The following 

listing presents additional information on the aircraft, which 

began and ended their missions at Kirtland AFB (26; 57): 

AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE LANDING 

TYPE TIME TIME 

B-50 0515 1125 

B-50 0525 1125 

B-50 0535 1105 

Project 7.2, Detection of Airborne Low-frequency Sound from 

Atomic Explosions, was conducted by Headquarters, Air Force, with 

assistance from the Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories and the 

National Bureau of Standards. The objective was to determine the 

accuracy of long-range acoustic detection methods. The Signal 

Corps Engineering Laboratories operated stations in Alaska, 

Hawaii, Kentucky, New Jersey, Texas, and Washington. The 

National Bureau of Standards operated a station in Washington, 

D.C. (97). 

Project 7.3, Radiochemical and Physical Analysis of Atomic 

Bomb Debris, was conducted by Headquarters, Air Force. The 

project, which involved analysis of particulate and gaseous 

samples from the Shot ABLE cloud, was conducted in conjunction 

with Program 13, Radiochemistry Sampling. Cloud sampling, 

performed by the 4925th Test Group (Atomic) of Kirtland AFB, is 

discussed in section 2.2.3, on AFSWC participation at ABLE (106). 

30 
Project 8.2, Air Temperatures in the Vicinity of a Nuclear 

Detonation, was conducted by the Naval Radiological Defense Laboratory to determine the air temperature at various elevations and 

distances from ground zero. Before the shot, participants 

installed thermocouples at ground level and on steel towers of 

various heights. The towers were located at ground zero and at 

distances up to 910 meters from ground zero. When the shot area 

was opened for recovery operations, two crews, each made up of 

three project personnel and a monitor, entered instrumented 

stations 150 and 610 meters from ground zero to retrieve temperature records and, if necessary, repair the equipment. This 

activity was scheduled to take six hours (28). Six hours after 

recovery hour, two four-man crews with monitors began inspecting 

thermocouples 910 to 460 meters from ground zero, or up to the 

0.1 R/h line. The estimated working time was three hours. At 

0930 hours on the day after the detonation, two four-man crews 

with monitors completed the recovery of thermocouples up to 

ground zero (28; 95). 

Project 8.3, Thermal Radiation from a Nuclear Detonation, 

was conducted by Project 8.2 and 8.3 personnel from the Naval 

Radiological Defense Laboratory. The objective was to measure 

the total thermal radiation and the intensity-time relationship 

of the radiation as a function of distance from ground zero. 

Project participants placed several types of instruments in six 

tower stations located at 150-meter intervals out to 920 meters 

from ground zero. These instruments included calorimeters and 

radiometers. Other personnel at Kirtland AFB installed three 

disk calorimeters in the B-50 drop aircraft (29). 

After the declaration of recovery hour, two teams, each with 

three project personnel and a monitor, drove by truck into the 

test area. They spent six hours retrieving instruments 150 to 

610 meters from ground zero. Six hours after recovery hour, 

eight project personnel, accompanied by two monitors and two 

31 
photographers, photographed equipment and recovered instruments 

from stations 460 to 920 meters from ground zero, spending about 

three hours in the test area. By about 0930 hours on the day 

following the shot, eight project personnel accompanied by two 

monitors had completed recovery operations. Project 8.2 and 8.3 

personnel at Kirtland AFB removed the calorimeters from the B-50 

drop aircraft (29; 95). 

Project 8.6, Sound Velocity Changes near the Ground in the 

Vicinity of an Atomic Explosion, was conducted by the Naval Electronics Laboratory. The objective was to determine the velocity 

of sound at heights of 1.5, 10, and 54 feet above ground, at 

various distances from ground zero, in the interval between detonation and blast wave arrival. Project personnel installed 

instruments for detecting sound velocity changes near the ground 

at ground zero and at distances of 150, 320, 460, and 610 meters 

from ground zero. Six hours before shot-time, four participants 

entered the shot area to make a final check of the equipment. 

They left the area approximately one hour later. After the 

announcement of recovery hour, four project personnel spent two 

hours retrieving the instruments (91; 95). 

Project 9.1, Technical and Training Photography, was 

conducted by personnel from the following agencies: 

0 Air Force Lookout Mountain Laboratory 

0 Army Pictorial Service Division 

0 Naval Medical Research Institute 

• Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories 

0 SAC 5th Reconnaissance Technical Squadron 

0 SAC 28th Reconnaissance Technical Squadron 

a Wright Air Development Center 

0 4925th Test Group (Atomic). 

Photographs of the shot were taken by remote-controlled 

cameras on steel towers positioned at unknown distances from 

32 
ground zero. Film was probably retrieved from these cameras 

within two days after the shot. Lookout Mountain Laboratory 

personnel in an AFSWC C-47 aircraft also photographed the 

detonation. The C-47, which left Indian Springs AFB at about 

0800 hours and entered the area over the NPG at 0812 hours, was 

at an altitude of iO,OOO feet approximately 11 kilometers south 

of ground zero at shot-time. Participants photographed the 

detonation and the resulting cloud formation until about 0903 

hours, when they left the area for Indian Springs AFB, arriving 

there about 0910 hours. Figure 2-2 shows Lookout Mountain Laboratory photographers in the C-47 recording the development of 

the cloud (57; 95). Project 9.1 personnel also took still photographs and motion pictures of various Military Effects Test Group 

projects. 

Project 9.2, Air Weather Service Participation, involved Air 

Force personnel who compiled data from various weather stations 

at the NPG and offsite, prepared weather maps, and briefed NPG 

officials on current and predicted weather conditions. Project 

participants were from the 6th Weather Squadron (Mobile) of the 

2059th Air Weather Wing, Tinker AFB, Oklahoma. These personnel 

were deployed as follows (78; 95): 

0 Eight forecasters, 13 weather observers, and two 

equipment operators at the Control Point Weather 

Station near Yucca Pass 

0 Twelve airmen from the Rawinsonde Weather 

Observation Section at the Control Point and 11 

airmen at a station in Tonopah, Nevada 

0 Three airmen from the Pibal Weather Observation 

Section at Beatty, Caliente, Crystal Springs,

Currant, and Warm Springs, Nevada, and St. George,

Utah. 

Before Shot ABLE, participants installed wind and humidity 

measuring instruments at two stations along the blast line 

150 and 600 meters from ground zero. From eight to three hours 

before the detonation, two participants checked the instruments 

33 

hourly. Four other participants from the Air Weather Service 

completed their weather observations in the shot area about five 

hours before the detonation and left immediately for the Control 

Point (78; 95). 

Project 9.4, Effects of Atomic Explosions on the Ionosphere, 

was conducted by the Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories, with 

assistance from personnel of the 9471st Technical Service Unit. 

The objective was to obtain data on the effects of a nuclear 

detonation on the ionosphere and on ionospheric radiowave propagation. Personnel worked at transmitter and receiver stations. 

The only onsite station was a transmitter located about one kilometer north of the Control Point. Two other transmitters were at 

Mather AFB, Sacramento, California. The radio receiver stations 

were at Navaho Ordnance Depot in Flagstaff, Arizona; White Sands 

Proving Ground, New Mexico; and Fort Sill, Oklahoma. 

In the days before the shot, personnel practiced operating 

the transmitters and receivers. On shot-day, they operated 

instruments from one hour before to one hour after the detonation. Information obtained at the project stations was sent for 

analysis to the Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories (49). 

2.2.2 Weapons Development Test Group Activities 

The Weapons Development Test Group conducted experiments at 

Shot ABLE that had a few DOD participants. These individuals 

were assigned either to LASL or to the Weapons Development Test 

Group to assist in the projects listed in table 2-l. 

Project 12.1, Technical Photography, was conducted by 

personnel from EGbG, with assistance from Navy personnel. They 

provided technical photography support-, including dust studies, 

preshock turbulence studies, light absorption and mirage studies, 

fireball growth measurement, thermal effects studies, and other 

coverage required by the Weapons Development Test Group. 

35 
Two days before the shot, personnel prepared the film at the 

Control Point Building. The afternoon before Shot ABLE, personnel loaded film into remote-controlled cameras located at various 

stations in the ground zero area. After the detonation, EGIG 

personnel recovered the exposed film and processed some of it in 

the mobile unit set up in the Control Point area. The remaining 

film was flown to laboratories of Consolidated Film Industries in 

Hollywood, California, and in the city of Fort Lee, New Jersey, 

for processing (64). 

Project 12.lc, Bhangmeter Mod II, was conducted by EG&G to 

evaluate and test a new bhangmeter. Project personnel installed 

these instruments for measuring the yield of a detonation at the 

Control Point and in the drop aircraft. Bhangmeter readings 

recorded at shot-time were analyzed after the shot (63). 

Program 13, Radiochemistry Sampling, involved cloudsampling missions conducted by personnel from the 4925th Test 

Group (Atomic) (57). The sampling missions are discussed in 

section 2.2.3, on AFSWC activities at Shot ABLE. 

Project 18.1, Total Thermal Radiation and Atmospheric 

Transmission, was conducted by the Naval Research Laboratory to 

study the transmission of light and thermal radiation emitted by 

nuclear detonations of various yields. To measure the transmission of light, personnel placed one photoelectric brightness 

meter at the Control Point and another in the Frenchman Flat area 

of the NPG. In addition, they installed a transmissometer near 

the BUSTER-JANGLE Y (BJY) and a receiver at the Control Point. 

Participants manually operated the instruments at the Control 

Point during the shot. To obtain data on thermal radiation 

emissions, personnel also installed four thermopile recorder 

systems and operated them from the Control Point during the shot. 

They shut down equipment after the detonation to analyze recorded 

data (84). 

36 
Project 18.4, High-resolution Spectroscopy, was conducted by 

the Naval Research Laboratory to supplement information obtained 

from spectroscopy measurements taken during previous nuclear 

weapons test series, such as Operations GREENHOUSE and BUSTERJANGLE. Project personnel installed a spectrograph at the 

Control Point, 19 kilometers from ground zero (24). 

Project 19.la, Air Shock Pressure--Time versus Distance, was 

conducted by the Sandia Corporation. Representatives of LASL, 

AFSWP, the Stanford Research Institute, the Naval Ordnance 

Laboratory, and the Ballistic Research Laboratories helped to 

plan this project. The objective was to obtain pressure measurements to use in determining the relationship between air shock 

pressure and height of burst. Personnel installed pressure 

gauges along the ground from 75 to 1,220 meters from ground zero. 

They also placed gauges on towers of various heights located from 

150 to 460 meters from ground zero. At the instant of burst, 

information from the gauges was telemetered to a recording 

station and monitored by project personnel (93). 

Projects 19.lc and 19.ld, Shock-gauge Evaluations Tests, 

were conducted by Sandia Laboratory. Personnel from LASL and 

contractors assisted in calibrating and installing instruments. 

The project was intended to develop and test new instruments for 

measuring dynamic and static pressures, wind directions, sound 

and wind speeds, and temperature rises resulting from a shock 

wave. Project personnel installed instruments at two stations 

located 330 meters and 630 meters from ground zero. Cables 

connected the instruments to equipment that recorded the information (47). 

Projects 19.2a and 19.2b, Blast-wave Material Velocity 

Measurements, were conducted by LASL. EGLG provided photography 

services. The objective was to photograph peak overpressure 

phenomena associated with a nuclear burst. The smoke canisters 

37 
were fired into the air by mortars immediately before the burst 

so that air disturbances would be visible. Project personnel 

entered the shot area before the detonation to load the smoke 

canisters into mortars located along a blast line extending 

roughly 150 to 915 meters west of ground zero. An electronic 

timing device triggered the firing of the mortars. EG%G 

personnel retrieved film from automatically operated camera 

stations after the detonation (99). 

Project 19.2d, Interferometer-gauge Pressure-time 

Measurements, was conducted by LASL (99). 

Project 19.2f, Measurement of Preshock Sound Velocity, was 

conducted by LASL with Air Force participation. The objective 

was to measure the velocity of sound in the air near the ground 

before shock wave arrival. Project personnel installed 

oscillators and recording equipment at several stations near 

ground zero. After the detonation, personnel recovered the 

records from the instrument stations (99). 

2.2.3 Air Force Special Weapons Center Activities 

The Air Force Special Weapons Center provided personnel to 

staff the Air Operations Center, located at the Control Point. 

Besides airdropping the ABLE device, AFSWC personnel conducted 

cloud-sampling missions and sample courier missions for the test 

groups and cloud-tracking missions and aerial radiological 

surveys of the terrain for the Test Manager. In addition to the 

AFSWC personnel, SAC personnel witnessed the detonation. 

Although the SAC observers were not part of AFSWC, they were 

under the operational control of AFSWC while over the NPG and are 

therefore discussed in this section (3-5; 57; 100). 

38 
The following listing indicates the types and numbers of 

aircraft and the estimated numbers of personnel involved in air 

missions at Shot ABLE (57; 58): 

ESTIMATED 

TYPE OF NUMBER OF NUMBER OF 

TITLE AIRCRAFT 'AIRCRAFT PERSONNEL 

Airdrop Mission B-50 1 12 

Disaster Mission c-47 1 17 

Sampling

Sampler Control B-29 1 9 

Sampler B-29 1 8 

Sampler T-33 4 8 

Sample Courier Service B-25 2 10 

c-45 1 4 

c-47 1 4 

Cloud Tracking B-29 2 20 

B-25 1 5 

Aerial Surveys of Terrain c-47 2 10 

Observer Activities B-50 13 156 

Airdrop and Disaster Missions 

The B-50 drop aircraft, with a crew from the 4925th Test 

Group (Atomic), left Kirtland AFB, New Mexico, at 0430 hours, 

four hours and 30 minutes before shot-time. The aircraft climbed 

to an altitude of 22,135 feet and entered a clockwise orbiting 

pattern over Frenchman Flat. Figure 2-3 depicts the flight 

pattern of the B-50. At 0900 hours, the aircraft, which was then 

flying on a straight and level path, released the ABLE device. 

The bomb missed the target by 43 meters. The aircraft left the 

shot area at 0905 hours, returning to Kirtland AFB at 1110 hours 

(3; 4; 57; 76). 

39 
040 

BOMB DROP 

AIRCRAFT 

Not to scale. 

Figure 2-3: FLIGHT PATTERN FOR B-50 DROP AIRCRAFT, 

SHOT ABLE 

40 
The C-47 disaster aircraft, with a crew from the 4901st 

Support Wing (Atomic), left Kirtland AFB at about 0330 hours and 

circled over Las Vegas while the B-50 completed its bomb drop 

mission over the NPG. If the bomb-carrying aircraft crashed or 

accidentally released its weapon, the la-man disaster team was to 

protect the weapon and monitor radiation contamination. The 

disaster team plotted the position of the B-50 drop aircraft 

during its mission, as shown in figure 2-4 (4). At 0903 hours, 

the disaster aircraft began its return to Kirtland AFB, where it 

arrived at 1200 hours (3; 4; 57; 58; 76). 

Cloud Sampling 

One B-29 and four T-33s collected particulate and gaseous 

samples of the Shot ABLE cloud for Project 7.3, Radiochemical and 

Physical Analysis of Atomic Bomb Debris, and for Program 13, 

Radiochemistry Sampling. A B-29 sampler control aircraft, with 

an AFSWC aircrew and a LASL scientific advisor on board, directed 

the operations of the sampler aircraft. Each sampler penetrated 

the cloud twice except for a T-33 sampler (tail number 048), 

which made three penetrations of the cloud. The samplers flew at 

altitudes of 14,000 to 15,000 feet. The following listing details 

the activities of each sampler aircraft (3; 4; 57; 58; 76): 

TOTAL 

TOTAL TIME DOSJMETER 

AIRCRAFT TYPE AND TAKEOFF IN CLOUD READING LANDING 

TAIL NUMBER TIME (seconds) (roentgens) TIME 

Sampler Control B-29 

(386) 0755 1145 

B-29 (285) 

T-33 (920)

T-33 (951) 

T-33 (048)

T-33 (913) 

0910 

1020 

1026 

1031 

1036 

NR* 

90 

120 

180 

NR 

0.105 

0.080 

0.090 

0.085 

0.090 

1145 

1100 

1055 

1105 

1105 

*NR indicates not reported. 

41 

After completing their missions, the samplers returned to 

Indian Springs AFB and parked in the northeast corner of the 

parking area. Pilots then shut down the engines. The crews of 

the B-29s left the aircraft through the rear door between the 

stabilizer and the wing. The crews of the T-33s opened their 

canopies and disembarked by stepping onto a removable ladder 

attached to the side of the aircraft. The sample removing team 

and radiological safety monitors used long-handled tools to take 

samples from the aircraft and place them in shielded containers. 

They also removed the bottles containing the gaseous samples. 

They then loaded the sample containers onto courier aircraft for 

delivery to laboratories for analysis (3; 4; 57; 58; 76). 

Courier Missions 

After the samples had been removed, four aircraft of the 

4901st Support Wing (Atomic) transported them to various airbases 

for analysis by nuclear weapons development and other laboratories. At 1200 hours, a B-25 flew from Indian Springs AFB to 

McClellan AFB with Project 7.3 samples. Soon after, a C-47 flew 

from Indian Springs AFB to LASL with Program 13 samples. At 

1300 hours, a B-25 left Yucca Lake airstrip for the Army Chemical 

Center, and a C-45 took off from Yucca Lake for LASL (3; 4; 57; 

58; 76). 

Cloud Tracking 

Immediately after the detonation, one B-25 and two B-29s 

from Indian Springs AFB flew cloud-tracking missions over and 

beyond the Nevada Proving Ground. The B-25 (tail number 099) 

spent five hours tracking the cloud at heights of 10,000 to 

12,000 feet above the terrain, returning at 1425 hours. The 

first B-29 (tail number 774) left at 0915 hours but returned 

after five minutes because of engine failure. The second B-29 

(tail number 826) took off at 0935 hours, tracked the cloud for 

about six hours, and landed at 1615 hours (3; 4; 57; 58; 76). 

43 
Aerial Surveys of Terrain 

After the detonation, two C-47s, each probably carrying a 

crew of four, conducted onsite and offsite radiological surveys 

of the terrain. One C-47 (tail number 386) left Indian Springs 

AFB at 1130 hours, flew at heights of 2,000 to 7,500 feet, and 

returned to Indian Springs at 1540 hours. The other C-47 (tail 

number 308) left Indian Springs AFB at 1220 hours, conducted its 

survey at 10,000 feet above the terrain, and returned at 1530 

hours (3; 4; 57; 76). 

Observer Activities 

Thirteen B-50 aircraft with observers from the Strategic Air 

Command participated in an orientation and indoctrination 

exercise in nuclear weapons effects. On shot-day, the first of 

these B-50s left Travis AFB and arrived over the NPG at 0830 

hours. The other 12 aircraft left Castle AFB and entered NPG 

airspace at 0852 hours. All the aircraft remained in a holding 

pattern through shot-time. The SAC observers witnessed the 

detonation and subsequent cloud development from an unspecified 

distance. At 0903 hours, the B-50s left the test area for their 

bases (3-5; 11; 57; 76; 100). 

2.3 RADIATION PROTECTION AT SHOT ABLE 

The primary purpose of the radiation protection procedures 

developed by the test groups and AFSWC for Shot ABLE was to keep 

individual exposures to ionizing radiation to a minimum, while 

still allowing participants to accomplish their missions. 

Logistics and Materiel 

During the period of 1 April to 14 April 1952, which covers 

the 1 April detonation of Shot ABLE, the Logistics and Materiel 

Department of the AFSW? Radiological Safety Group issued 691 film 

44 
badges to AEC and DOD participants in 14 programs and 53 projects. In addition, the department issued 603 sets of protective 

clothing and 248 radiological survey instruments (65). 

Monitoring 

In order to identify where measurements were taken during 

radiation surveys of the ground zero area, original plans called 

for the use of eight radial lines of numbered stakes. These 

stakes were to be spaced about 90 meters apart, centered on 

ground zero, and oriented toward the eight principal points of 

the compass. However, the stakes did not arrive in time to be 

used at Shot ABLE, so the only way to determine distance from 

ground zero was by reference to the test data collecting stations 

located along the blast line parallel to the main access road. 

About 30 minutes after the detonation, the initial ground 

survey team began taking readings along the main blast line. The 

team approached as close as 60 meters to ground zero, where it 

noted radiation intensities as high as 1.2 R/h. Recovery parties 

provided information on radiation intensities at other locations. 

The area was resurveyed on 2, 3, and 4 April. 

From eight to 13 two-man mobile teams participated in offsite monitoring. About six hours before the detonation, the 

teams left the NPG for assigned offsite locations. The highest 

radiation intensity they encountered was 0.0001 R/h in an area 

32 kilometers north of Alamo, Nevada (located about 95 kilometers 

northeast of the Control Point), almost five hours after the 

detonation. 

Two C-47 aircraft conducted radiological surveys of the 

terrain after the detonation. The highest radiation intensity 

encountered by either aircraft was 0.0035 R/h (65). 

45 
Plotting and Briefing 

Although the initial radiological safety monitoring team 

completed its survey along the blast line an hour after the 

detonation, sufficient data for an isointensity plot of the 

entire shot area were not obtained until almost six hours after 

the shot. Monitors working in the field with recovery parties 

provided the additional survey data needed for the isointensity 

plots (65). 

Plotting and Briefing personnel consolidated the data to 

make the first isointensity plot, as shown in figure 2-5. Copies 

of the isointensity maps generated from resurveys conducted on 

2 and 3 April are shown in figure 2-6 (65). 

Dosimetry Data 

Film badge records indicate that none of the participants 

received exposures in excess of 3.0 roentgens (65). 

46 
••

••

•• ••

•• ••

•• ••

••

••

••

••

••

••••••••••

. ‘0. . • . 

. ’ • . . , . . . . 

. . . . . 

• /-

. / . •

. / . . . 0 . 

. . 8 . . . 

. 

. . / \ 

. I \ . 

. \ . 

. \ \ 

I . 

. 

. . \ . / . 

. \ / . 

. . 0 . . ‘. . . \ -- 4’ . . 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8. . • ’ . . . . . . . . 

.*.... . 0.01 R/h 

- - - - 0.1 R/h 

Figure 2-5: RADIATION ISOINTENSITY MAP FOR SHOT ABLE, 

1 APRIL 1952,140O TO 1500 HOURS 

47 
. . * *.** . . . 

. . 

, 

-...._ N 

P

. 

. . * *. . . . . . * 

0 100 

1 1 1 

Meters 

2 APRIL 1952,073O HOURS 

. . . . . . . . . ..-. 

. . 

* GZ 0.09RIh . 

*. \@ ..-* . 

. . . -. . ._-. 

0

L-LY 

Meters 

3 APRIL 1952,073O HOURS 

0.01 R/h 

0.1 R/h 

Figure 2-6: SUBSEQUENT RADIATION ISDINTENSITY MAPS FOR SHOT ABLE 

48 
SHOT BAKER SYNOPSIS 

AEC Objectives: 

Weather: 

Radiation Data: 

Participants: 

AEC TEST SERIES: TUMBLER-SNAPPER 

DOD EXERCISE: None 

DATE/TIME:

YIELD: 

15 April 1952, 0930 hours 

1 kiloton 

HEIGHT OF BURST: 1,109 feet (airdrop) 

1) To obtain experimental data on blast 

pressure from a higher burst than used 

during previous test series 

2) To determine optimum burst height and to 

obtain maximum blast effects. 

At shot-time, the surface winds were six knots 

from the northeast. Winds were nine knots 

from the north at 10,000 feet and 25 knots 

from the northwest at 20,000 feet. The 

temperature was 12"C, the relative humidity 

was 30 percent, and the pressure was 

878 millibars. 

Onsite radioactivity was characterized by 

a small area of radiation around ground zero. 

The initial radiological survey team found a 

radiation intensity of 0.01 R/h extending as 

far as 750 meters to the south of ground zero 

about one hour after the shot. 

Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory; Armed Forces 

Special Weapons Project; Atomic Energy

Commission; Air Force Special Weapons Center; 

contractors. 

49 
CHAPTER 3 

SHOT BAKER 

Shot BAKER, the second detonation of Operation TUMBLERSNAPPER, was conducted as scheduled at 0930 hours Pacific 

Standard Time on 15 April 1952. Developed by the Los Alamos 

Scientific Laboratory and the Department of Defense, the BAKER 

device was dropped from a B-50 aircraft flying over Area 7 of 

Yucca Flat,* UTM coordinates 872044, at an altitude of 22,600 

feet. Primarily a weapons effects test, BAKER was detonated at a 

height of 1,109 feet and had a yield of one kiloton (3; 4; 52; 

57; 62). Figure 3-1 shows the ground zero target for BAKER; this 

target was also used for Shots CHARLIE and DOG. Figure 3-2 shows 

the BAKER detonation as seen from the Control Point at Yucca 

Pass. 

The top of the Shot BAKER cloud reached an altitude of 

15,700 feet, where the winds were from the northwest at about 

16 knots, and moved southeast from the point of detonation (62). 

The data obtained from BAKER were compared with the height of 

burst and blast pressure data obtained from Shot ABLE and from 

the BAKER burst of Operation BUSTER-JANGLE (105). 

3.1 EXERCISE DESERT ROCK IV OPERATIONS AT SHOT BAKER 

The Desert Rock Exercise Director asked that 300 Camp Desert 

Rock personnel be allowed to observe Shot BAKER. However, the 

Test Director refused this request, and only ten individuals from 

the Exercise Director's immediate staff witnessed the shot, 

probably from near the Control Point (23). 

*Yucca Flat is approximately 4,000 feet above mean sea level. 

50 


3.2 DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE PARTICIPATION IN SCIENTIFIC AND 

SUPPORT ACTIVITIES AT SHOT BAKER 

Department of Defense personnel took part in scientific and 

diagnostic experiments conducted by the Military Effects Test 

Group and the Weapons Development Test Group. Table 3-l lists 

the test group projects and participating agencies. In addition 

to the test group experiments, DOD personnel were involved in 

AFSWC air support activities. 

3.2.1 Military Effects Test Group Projects 

Because Shot BAKER was detonated primarily to measure blast 

overpressures produced by an airdropped nuclear device, many of 

the Military Effects Test Group projects conducted at the shot 

were part of Program 1, Blast Measurements. To document the 

blast overpressures produced, project personnel spent several 

weeks before the detonation placing and calibrating pressure 

gauges. They completed these activities several days before the 

detonation. Figure 3-3 shows the instrument layouts for the 

Military Effects Test Group activities (10; 13-16; 98; 105). 

The following project descriptions often discuss recovery 

operations as occurring after recovery hour. The actual time of 

recovery hour is not known, although it probably was declared 

shortly after the completion of the initial radiological survey, 

about an hour after the shot. 

Project 1.2, Air Pressure versus Time, was conducted by the 

Stanford Research Institute to collect data on the airblast 

produced by an airdropped nuclear device. At 2130 hours on the 

night before the detonation, four personnel spent up to eight 

hours checking .blast gauges placed along the blast line from 

ground zero to 2,750 meters from ground zero. One hour after the 

area was opened for recovery operations, four personnel began 

collecting data from blast gauges positioned 2,290 and 1,140 

53 
Table 3-1: TEST GROUP ACTIVITIES WITH DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE 

PARTICIPATION, SHOT BAKER 

Project/ 

‘rogram Title Participants 

Military Effects Test Group 

1.2 Air Pressure versus Time Stanford Research Institute 

1.3 and Free-air and Ground-level Pressure Measurements Naval Ordnance Laboratory 

1.5 

1.4 Air Blast Measurements Ballistic Research Laboratories 

1.6 Ground Acceleration Measurements Ballistic Research Laboratories 

1.7 Earth Acceleration versus Time Stanford Research Institute 

1.9 Pm-shock Dust Army Chemical Center 

1.13 Measurement of Air Blast Pressure versus Time David Taylor Model Basin 

2.1 Total Gamma Exposure versus Distance Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories 

3.1 Vulnerability of Parked Aircraft to Atomic Bombs Wright Air Development Center; Los Alamos 

Scientific Laboratory; Naval Radiological 

Defense Laboratory 

3.3 Blast Damage to Trees - Isolated Conifers Forest Service, Department of Agriculture 

3.4 Minefield Clearance Engineer Research and 

Development Laboratories 

6.1 Evaluation of Military Radiic Equipment Bureau of Ships; Signal Corps 

Engineering Laboratories 

6.4 Operational Tests of Radar and Photographic Wright Air Development Center; 

Techniques for IBDA Strategic Air Command 

7.lb Long Range Light Measurements EGBG; Headquarters, Air Force 

7.2 Detection of Airborne Low-frequency Sound from Headquarters, Air Force; Signal Corps 

Atomic Explosions Engineering Laboratories; National Bureau 

of Standards 

7.3 Radiochemical and Physical Analysis of Atomic Headquarters, Air Force 

Bomb Debris 

7.4 Seismic Waves from A-Bombs Detonated over Air Force 1699th Special Weapons 

a Desert Valley Squadron; Coast and Geodetic Survey 

6.2 Air Temperatures in the Vicinity of a Nuclear Naval Radiological Defense Laboratory 

Detonation 

8.3 Thermal Radiation from a Nuclear Detonation Naval Radiological Defense Laboratory 

54 
Table 3-1: TEST GROUP ACTIVITIES WITH DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE 

PARTICIPATION, SHOT BAKER (Continued) 

Project/ 

Program Title Participants 

Military Effects Test Group (Continuedj 

8.4 Atmospheric Transmission and Weather Naval Material Laboratory 

Measurements 

8.6 Sound Velocity Changes near the Ground in the Naval Electronics Laboratory 

Vicinity of an Atomic Explosion 

9.1 Technical and Training Photography Naval Medical Research Institute; 

Air Force Lookout Mountain Laboratory; 

Wright Air Development Center; 

4925th Test Group (Atomic); SAC 5th and 28th 

Reconnaissance Technical Squadrons; Signal 

Corps Engineering Laboratories; Army Pictorial 

Service Division 

9.2 Air Weather Service Participation Air Weather Service 

9.4 Effects of Atomic Explosions on the Ionosphere Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories; 

8471 st Technical Service Unit 

9.5 Electromagnetic Radiation over the Radio Spectrum Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories; 

from Nuclear Detonations 8467th Technical Service Unit .H 

Weapons Development Test Group 

10.1 Measurement of Alpha Naval Research Laboratory 

11.1 Measurement of Transit Time Naval Research Laboratory 

12.1 Technical Photography EGBG 

12.lc Ehangmeter Mod II EG&G 

12.2a-d High-speed Photography EGbG; Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

13 Radiochemistry Sampling Program 4925th Test Group (Atomic) 

15.2 Gamma Radiation Exposure as a Function of Distance Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

18.1 Total Thermal Radiation and Atmospheric Naval Research Laboratory 

Transmission 

18.3 Color Temperatures Naval Research Laboratory 

18.4 High-resolution Spectroscopy Naval Research Laboratory 

lS.la Air Shock Pressure - Time versus Distance Sandia Corporation: Los Alamos Scientific 

Laboratory; Armed Forces Special Weapons 

Project; Stanford Research Institute; Naval 

Ordnance Laboratory; Ballistic Research 

Laboratories 

19.lc-d Shock-gauge Evaluations Tests Sandia Laboratory; Los Alamos Scientific 

Laboratory 

lS.le Air Shock Pressures as Affected by Hills and Dales Sandia Corporation 

19.2a-b Blast-wave Material Velocity Measurements Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory; EGBG 

19.2c Beta-densitometer Feasibility Test Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

19.2d Interferometer-gauge Pressure-time Measurements Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

19.2f Measurement of Preshock Sound Velocity Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

55 
Program 3 

Aircraft 

Areas 

I- Biomedical Line 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I Program 8 

I- Blast and 

Thermal Line 

Program 3 

Forest Service Line 

0

I,: 

Kilometer 

3 

Figure 3-3: GROUND ZERO AND AFSWP INSTRUMENT LAYOUTS 

FOR SHOTS BAKER, CHARLIE, AND DOG 
meters from ground zero. This operation took two hours. 

Beginning at 0900 hours on the day after the detonation, about 

ten project participants retrieved the remaining gauges up to the 

0.1 R/h line. They spent approximately six hours in the shot 

area (95; 102). 

Projects 1.3 and 1.5, Free-air and Ground-level Pressure 

Measurements, were conducted as one project by the Naval Ordnance 

Laboratory. The objective was to measure pressures produced by a 

nuclear detonation at ground level and in free air (20). 

Five hours before the detonation, four Project 1.3 personnel 

spent about one hour preparing pressure gauges located between 

ground zero and a point 3,660 meters from ground zero. Data from 

the gauges were telemetered to a recording trailer about 3,660 

meters from ground zero. At recovery hour, two participants 

began retrieving pressure data from the trailer. Their estimated 

working time was 30 minutes. Three hours after recovery hour, 

two personnel started retrieving blast gauges 3,660 meters from 

ground zero and continued to the 0.1 R/h line. They spent about 

two hours in this procedure. Beginning at 0900 hours on the day 

after the shot, two personnel began to inspect the blast gauges, 

an operation that took two hours (20; 95). 

Project 1.5 measured pressures in free air by photographing 

smoke rocket trails. At 1630 hours on the day before the shot, 

six personnel spent about two hours loading rocket launchers 180 

to 1,070 meters north of ground zero. Seconds before the shot, 

the smoke rockets were launched remotely, and, immediately after 

the detonation, their trails were photographed. Twenty minutes 

after the shot, two personnel accompanied by a radiological 

survey team inspected and unloaded unfired rockets 920 and 1,070 

meters from ground zero. Three hours after recovery operations 

began, six participants replaced damaged rocket launchers 180 to 

920 meters from ground zero (20; 95). 

57 
Project 1.4, Air Blast Measurements, was conducted by the 

Ballistic Research Laboratories. The objective was to determine 

the shape of the pressure pulse and the peak pressure of the 

shock wave generated near the ground by a nuclear device 

detonated high in the air. Before the detonation, personnel 

installed instruments on lo- and 50-foot towers located about 

110 and 230 meters from ground zero and then left the area. 

Three hours after recovery hour was declared, three project 

personnel began retrieving data from the stations for laboratory 

analysis. They spent 20 minutes in recovery operations (21; 95). 

Project 1.6, Ground Acceleration Measurements, was conducted 

by the Ballistic Research Laboratories to obtain ground acceleration measurements from an airburst nuclear detonation. Personnel 

measured ground shock with accelerometers positioned,before the 

detonation at stations 40, 190, 420, 880, and 1,330 meters from 

ground zero (60). 

At 1530 hours on the day before the shot, three project 

participants went to the stations to make a final instrument 

check. At 0900 hours on the day after the detonation, four 

personnel began recovering the accelerometers. Recovery took 

about two hours and 30 minutes (60; 95). 

Project 1.7, Earth Acceleration versus Time, was conducted 

by the Stanford Research Institute to measure the proportion of 

blast energy absorbed from the air by the earth. At 2130 hours 

on the night before the detonation, four personnel spent about 

eight hours checking accelerometers along the instrument line 

from ground zero to 2,750 meters from ground zero. One hour 

after the area was opened for recovery operations, four personnel 

began collecting data from accelerometers 2,290 and 1,140 meters 

from ground zero. This operation took up to two hours. Beginning at 0900 hours on the day after the detonation, about ten 

participants retrieved the remaining accelerometers up to the 0.1 

R/h area, spending about six hours in the shot area (95; 103). 

58 
Project 1.9, Pre-shock Dust, was conducted by the Chemical 

and Radiological Laboratories of the Army Chemical Center. The 

objective was to determine the concentration and the size distribution of the dust generated before the arrival of the shock wave 

by thermal radiation resulting from a nuclear detonation. The 

day before the detonation, project personnel inspected instruments for collecting dust particles at six stations: two were 

located 190 meters, two others 420 meters, and two additional 

stations 880 meters from ground zero. The instruments, which 

included cascade impactors and filter samplers, collected 

pre-shock dust particles generated during the brief interval 

between the detonation and the arrival of the shock wave at each 

of the stations (27). 

After recovery hour, two project personnel and a monitor 

spent one hour retrieving instruments from the stations. Project 

personnel then took dust particle samples to the Yucca Flat 

airstrip where each sample was packaged, placed aboard a courier 

aircraft, and transported for analysis to the Army Chemical 

Center. Section 3.2.3, which describes AFSWC activities, 

discusses the courier flights (27; 95). 

Project 1.13, Measurement of Air Blast Pressure versus Time, 

was conducted by the David Taylor Model Basin. The project was 

designed to provide blast pressure data for Program 3 agencies, 

particularly those participating in Project 3.1, discussed later 

in this section. Before the shot, personnel calibrated and 

installed gauges at 16 Project 3.1 stations located 880, 1,190, 

and 2,400 meters from ground zero. Beginning at 2130 hours the 

night before the shot, four men made a final check of the gauges 

and left the shot area about six hours before shot-time (46). 

After recovery hour was announced, seven participants 

accompanied by a monitor spent up to two hours and 30 minutes 

retrieving the gauges. Five other project participants and a 

59 
radiological safety monitor spent about two hours collecting film 

from cameras positioned in the shot area (46; 95). 

Project 2.1, Total' Gamma Exposure versus Distance, was conducted by the Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories to measure 

gamma radiation exposure as a function of distance. Within 

24 hours before the detonation, personnel placed film packets at 

go-meter intervals along a radial line extending up to 1,000 

meters from the point of detonation. When the area was opened 

for recovery operations, two personnel accompanied by a monitor 

drove by truck into the shot area and spent about one hour 

retrieving the film packets. Film readings were shared with 

Projects 1.13, 3.1, and 6.1; the Office, Chief of Army Field 

Forces; and the Marine Corps (81; 95). 

Project 3.1, Vulnerability of Parked Aircraft to Atomic 

Bombs, was performed by the Wright Air Development Center and by 

project personnel from LASL and the Naval Radiological Defense 

Laboratory. The experiment was coordinated with Project 1.13, 

which provided airblast pressure data. The objective was to 

determine the effects of an airburst nuclear detonation on parked 

aircraft (104). 

Before the shot, project personnel placed aircraft at the 

following locations: 

0 Four aircraft 720 meters north-northwest of ground zero 

• One aircraft 1,320 meters southeast of ground zero 

0 12 aircraft 2,430 meters southwest of ground zero 

• Eight aircraft 3,190 meters southwest of ground zero. 

To compare the protection afforded by various defense structures, 

some of the aircraft were placed in revetments and behind walls, 

while others were positioned in the open. Personnel instrumented 

the aircraft with devices to measure blast, thermal, and 

radiation effects. 

60 
At about 0930 hours on the day before the detonation, two 

project personnel in a van began photographing the aircraft in 

the shot area and loading and aligning remote-controlled cameras. 

They left the area by 1430 hours. At that time, four project 

participants in a van began inspecting the aircraft, an activity 

that took about six hours (95; 104). 

At 1730 hours on the night before the shot, two project 

personnel began checking instruments in the field, a process that 

took about two hours. On shot-day, two individuals in a jeep 

made a final check of the instruments and then left the area four 

hours before shot-time (95; 104). 

When recovery hour was declared, three project personnel and 

a monitor began retrieving film 720 meters from ground zero, a 

procedure that took about three hours. Another five participants 

with a radiological safety monitor spent four hours recovering 

film 1,320 and 2,430 meters from ground zero. Three other 

project participants and a monitor spent about four hours collecting film 3,190 meters from ground zero (95; 104). 

One hour after the announcement of recovery hour, two fiveman parties began inspecting the aircraft, a process that took 

about four hours. At 0800 hours on the day after the shot, three 

two-man parties began examining instruments at the aircraft 

stations. They spent approximately eight hours performing this 

task (95; 104). 

Project 3.3, Blast Damage to Trees--Isolated Conifers, was 

conducted by the Forest Service, Department of Agriculture. The 

experiment was designed to measure motion and strain on isolated 

coniferous trees subjected to a nuclear detonation. Before the 

shot, personnel placed four conifers, along with instruments to 

measure strain on the trees, at each of four stations on the 

Forest Service Line in Area 7. The stations were 1,520, 1,830, 

61 
2,130, and 2,440 meters from ground zero. The trees, approximately 50 feet high, were anchored in concrete. At 2130 hours on 

the night before the detonation, personnel entered the shot area 

to begin checking instruments at the stations, a procedure that 

took about one hour (30; 95). 

At the declaration of recovery hour, five project personnel 

entered the shot area in a weapons carrier and spent about 30 

minutes inspecting the trees and recovering the instruments from 

the station 1,520 meters from ground zero. One hour after 

recovery operations began, two Project 9.1 photographers from 

Lookout Mountain Laboratory traveled to the Forest Service line 

to photograph the stations 1,520 and 1,830 meters from ground 

zero. They also extinguished any fires in the area. Seven hours 

after the announcement of recovery hour, four project personnel 

entered the shot area in a weapons carrier and spent about two 

hours inspecting the trees (30; 95). 

Project 3.4, Minefield Clearance, was performed by the 

Engineer Research and Development Laboratories. The objective 

was to study the detonation of land mines by a nuclear blast. 

Before Shot BAKER, personnel placed mines in an area 15 meters 

wide, which extended approximately 90 to 1,830 meters from ground 

zero (101). 

At 0800 hours on the day after the detonation, four 

personnel in a weapons carrier recovered mines along the blast 

line up to the 0.1 R/h area and determined which mines had been 

detonated. At the same time, they laid other mines to be used in 

this experiment at Shot CHARLIE. These operations took about 

eight hours. A representative of the Director, Military Effects 

Group, and three photographers took pictures of these activities 

(95; 101). 

62 
Project 6.1, Evaluation of Military Radiac Equipment, was 

conducted by the Bureau of Ships and the Signal Corps Engineering 

Laboratories to evaluate radiac survey equipment. Project 6.1 

participants furnished standard and experimental radiation survey 

meters to other projects in order to evaluate the meters (107). 

Project 6.4, Operational Tests of Radar and Photographic 

Techniques for IBDA, was conducted by the Wright Air Development 

Center, assisted by the Strategic Air Command. The objective was 

to evaluate the Indirect Bomb Damage Assessment system under 

development at the Wright Air Development Center. The 509th 

Bombardment Group of SAC provided three B-50D aircraft to make a 

postshot test of the IBDA system. The aircraft staged from 

Kirtland AFB (26). 

Aircraft 1 and 2, simulating drop aircraft flying at an 

altitude of 22,600 feet, flew 1,800 and 1,300 feet, respectively, 

above the drop aircraft. Two seconds before release of the 

weapon, aircraft 1 made a 40-degree turn to the right, and aircraft 2 made a 30-degree turn to the left. The headings were 

held until eight seconds after shot-time. Aircraft 3, simulating 

an escort aircraft, was 800 feet above and five nautical miles 

behind the drop aircraft. Aircraft 3 held the same heading for 

approximately 45 seconds after shot-time and then turned to leave 

the area (26; 57). 

Project 7.lb, Long Range Light Measurements, was conducted 

entirely offsite by Edgerton, Germeshausen, and Grier, Inc., and 

Headquarters, Air Force. The objective was to gain information 

on the long-range detection of light produced by a nuclear 

detonation. EG&G and the Air Force established light-detecting 

stations in Arizona, Idaho, Texas, and Washington. An estimated 

two EG8G employees and ten Air Force personnel from the 

Sacramento Air Materiel Area, McClellan AFB, operated each 

station from about six hours before to one hour after the 

detonation (55). 

63 
Project 7.2, Detection of Airborne Low-frequency Sound from 

Atomic Explosions, was conducted by Headquarters, Air Force, with 

assistance from the Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories and the 

National Bureau of Standards. The objective was to determine the 

accuracy of long-range acoustic detection methods. The Signal 

Corps Engineering Laboratories operated stations in Alaska, 

Hawaii, Kentucky, New Jersey, Texas, and Washington, while the 

National Bureau of Standards operated its station in Washington, 

D.C. (97). 

Project 7.3, Radiochemical and Physical Analysis of Atomic 

Bomb Debris, was conducted by Headquarters, Air Force. The 

project, which involved analysis of particulate and gaseous 

samples from the Shot BAKER cloud, was conducted in conjunction 

with Program 13, Radiochemistry Sampling. Cloud sampling, 

performed by the 4925th Test Group (Atomic) of Kirtland AFB, is 

discussed in section 3.2.3, on AFSWC participation at BAKER 

(57; 106). 

Project 7.4, Seismic Waves from A-Bombs Detonated over a 

Desert Valley, was conducted by the Air Force 1009th Special 

Weapons Squadron and the Coast and Geodetic Survey. The objective was to determine the seismic properties of the geological 

structure of the test area. One unmanned station was located 

onsite, almost ten kilometers north-northwest of ground zero. No 

recovery operations were necessary to obtain the seismic records. 

The data were probably recorded at the Control Point (105). 

Project 8.2, Air Temperatures in the Vicinity of a Nuclear 

Detonation, was conducted by the Naval Radiological Defense Laboratory to determine the air temperature at various elevations and 

distances from ground zero. Before the shot, participants 

installed thermocouples at ground level and on steel towers of 

various heights. The towers were located at ground zero and at 

distances up to 1,260 meters from ground zero. At 1730 hours on 

64 
the day before the detonation, two participants checked thermocouples used to measure temperatures in the shot area. At 

2130 hours on the night before the shot, six personnel spent abut 

two hours making final adjustments to the thermal instruments (28). 

When the shot area was opened for recovery operations, two 

crews, each consisting of three project personnel and a monitor, 

traveled to the instrument shelters to inspect and repair damage. 

They spent approximately six hours in this activity. Their forward limit was either 1,830 meters from ground zero or the 

0.1 R/h line. At 0900 hours the next day, four personnel, 

accompanied by a Project 9.1 photographer, finished recovering 

the thermal detectors up to the 0.1 R/h line. They stayed in the 

area about four hours (28; 95). 

Project 8.3, Thermal Radiation from a Nuclear Detonation, 

was conducted by Project 8.2 and 8.3 personnel from the Naval 

Radiological Defense Laboratory. The objective was to measure 

the total thermal radiation and the intensity-time relationship 

of the radiation as a function of distance from ground zero. 

Before the shot, participants placed several types of instruments 

in five tower stations located at various intervals up to 1,370 

meters from ground zero. These instruments included calorimeters 

and radiometers. Other personnel at Kirtland AFB installed three 

disk calorimeters in the B-50 drop aircraft. At 1730 hours on 

the day before the detonation, two personnel entered the shot 

area to check the instruments. At 2130 hours that evening, six 

participants proceeded into the area in a weapons carrier to 

adjust instruments at two of the stations. These personnel left 

the area within two hours (29). 

After the declaration of recovery hour, two teams, each of 

three project personnel and a monitor, drove by truck into the 

test area and spent a maximum of six hours retrieving instruments 

up to the 0.1 R/h line. An AFSWP representative accompanied 

65 
three Lookout Mountain Laboratory photographers into the shot 

area to photograph recovery operations. At 0800 hours on the day 

after the shot, the Lookout Mountain Laboratory personnel 

reentered the shot area to take more photographs. At about 

0900 on the same day, four project personnel and a photographer 

recovered instruments remaining in the shot area up to the 

0.1 R/h line. Project 8.2 and 8.3 personnel at Kirtland AFB 

removed the calorimeters from the B-50 drop aircraft (29; 95). 

Project 8.4, Atmospheric Transmission and Weather Measurements, was conducted by the Naval Material Laboratory. The 

project was designed to provide data on meteorological conditions 

for use in thermal radiation projects and to supplement information supplied by Project 9.2, Air Weather Service Participation. 

On the morning of shot-day, project personnel measured barometric 

pressure, temperature, humidity, and rainfall several times. 

They worked from a station at the BJY, where they received 

transmissions from two self-operating stations five kilometers 

northwest of the BJY. They returned to the Control Point before 

the shot. At the declaration of recovery hour, three project 

personnel went to the receiver station and spent about one hour 

collecting data (53; 95). 

Project 8.6, Sound Velocity Changes near the Ground in the 

Vicinity of an Atomic Explosion, was conducted by 18 Naval Electronics Laboratory personnel. The objective was to determine the 

velocity of sound at heights of 1.5, 10, and 54 feet above the 

ground at various distances from ground zero, in the interval 

between detonation and blast wave arrival. Participants 

installed instruments for detecting changes in the velocity of 

sound at ground zero and at stations 150, 310, 460, .and 610 

meters from ground zero. Figure 3-4 shows participants 

installing the instruments. Six hours before shot-time, four 

participants entered the shot area to make a final check of the 

equipment, leaving the area about one hour later. After the 

66 

announcement of recovery hour, project personnel retrieved 

equipment 3,660 meters south of ground zero, a process that took 

about two hours. They recovered the remaining instruments on the 

following day (91; 95). 

Project 9.1, Technical and Training Photography, was 

conducted by personnel from the following agencies (57; 95): 

0 Air Force Lookout Mountain Laboratory 

Army Pictorial Service Division 

Naval Medical Research Institute 

Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories 

SAC 5th Reconnaissance Technical Squadron 

SAC 28th Reconnaissance Technical Squadron 

Wright Air Development Center 

4925th Test Group (Atomic). 

Project personnel from Lookout Mountain Laboratory 

photographed the detonation from five stations: two near the 

Control Point and three about 15 kilometers from ground zero near 

the Yucca Lake landing strip. Lookout Mountain Laboratory 

personnel also photographed Shot BAKER from a C-47 aircraft. The 

aircraft, which left Indian Springs AFB at about 0830 hours, was 

at an altitude of 10,000 feet approximately 11 kilometers south 

of ground zero at shot-time. Participants photographed the 

detonation and the resulting cloud formation until 0939 hours, 

when they began the return to Indian Springs AFB. They landed at 

about 0955 hours (57; 95). 

Project 9.1 personnel also took still photographs and motion 

pictures of various Military Effects Test Group projects, 

including Projects 1.3, 3.3, 8.2, and 8.3. For one unspecified 

project at Shot BAKER, five Lookout Mountain Laboratory photographers and a monitor began photographing a blast line at 

recovery hour, a procedure that took about one hour (95). 

68 
For Project 9.2, Air Weather Service Participation, Air 

Force personnel compiled data from various weather stations at 

the NPG and offsite, prepared weather maps, and briefed NPG 

officials on current and predicted weather conditions. 

Participants were from the 6th Weather Squadron (Mobile) of the 

2059th Air Weather Wing, Tinker AFB, Oklahoma. These personnel 

were deployed as follows (78): 

• Eight forecasters, 13 weather observers, and two 

equipment operators at the Control Point Weather 

Station near Yucca Pass 

• Twelve airmen from the Rawinsonde Weather 

Observation Section at the Control Point and 11 

airmen at a station in Tonopah, Nevada 

0 Three airmen from the Pibal Weather Observation 

Section at Beatty, Caliente, Crystal Springs,

Currant, and Warm Springs, Nevada, and St. George, 

Utah. 

Before SHOT BAKER, participants installed wind and humidity 

measuring instruments at two stations along the blast line 920 

and 1,830 meters from ground zero. Two men began checking 

instruments at these stations at about 2130 hours on the night 

before the shot and checked the instruments hourly from eight to 

three hours before the detonation. 

About three hours after recovery hour, two participants 

began retrieving records from the two stations, a procedure that 

took two hours. At 0900 hours on the day after the shot, two 

personnel and a radiological monitor reentered the shot area and 

recovered instruments along the blast line, an activity that took 

approximately two hours (78; 95). 

Project 9.4, Effects of Atomic Explosions on the Ionosphere, 

was conducted by the Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories, with 

assistance from personnel of the 9471st Technical Service Unit. 

The objective was to obtain data on the effects of a nuclear 

detonation on the ionosphere and on subsequent ionospheric 

radiowave propagation. 

69 
Project personnel worked at transmitter and receiver stations. The only onsite station was a transmitter located 910 

meters north of the Control Point. Two other transmitters were 

at Mather AFB, Sacramento, California. The radio receiver 

stations were at Navaho Ordnance Depot, Flagstaff, Arizona; White 

Sands Proving Ground, New Mexico; and Fort Sill, Oklahoma. 

In the days before the shot, project personnel rehearsed 

procedures for operating the transmitters and receivers. On 

shot-day, they operated instruments from one hour before to one 

hour after the detonation. Information collected at the project 

stations was sent for analysis to the Signal Corps Engineering 

Laboratories (49). 

Project 9.5, Electromagnetic Radiation over the Radio Spectrum from Nuclear Detonations, was conducted by the Signal Corps 

Engineering Laboratories, with assistance from the 9467th 

Technical Service Unit, Electronic Warfare Center. The objective 

was to determine the wave shape and the amplitude of radio 

frequency energy emanating from a nuclear detonation. During the 

shot, personnel operated two stations 16 to 24 kilometers from 

ground zero. In addition, participants manned one station at 

White Sands Proving Grounds, New Mexico, and another at the Evans 

Signal Laboratory in Belmar, New Jersey (31). 

3.2.2 Weapons Development Test Group Activities 

During Shot BAKER, the Weapons Development Test Group 

conducted experiments that involved a few DOD participants. 

These individuals were assigned either to LASL or to the Weapons 

Development Test Group to assist in the projects. 

Project 10.1, Measurement of Alpha, was conducted by the 

Naval Research Laboratory. At the announcement of recovery hour, 

four participants, accompanied by a radiological safety monitor, 

70 
entered the target area and recovered film from a station about 

460 meters from ground zero. Their estimated working time was 

one hour. An hour later, a party of five and a monitor entered 

the same station to work on instruments for the remainder of the 

day (80; 95). 

Project 11.1, Measurement of Transit Time, was conducted by 

the Naval Research Laboratory. Project participants were not 

required to conduct recovery operations (80). 

Project 12.1, Technical Photography, was conducted by 

personnel from EGLG, with assistance from Navy personnel. They 

provided technical photography support, including dust studies, 

preshock turbulence studies, light absorption and mirage studies, 

fireball growth measurement, thermal effects studies, and other 

coverage required by the Weapons Development Test Group. 

Two days before the shot, project personnel prepared the 

film at the Control Point Building. The afternoon before Shot 

BAKER, project personnel loaded film into remote-controlled 

cameras located at various stations in the ground zero area. 

After the detonation, EG&G personnel recovered the exposed film 

and processed some of it in the mobile unit set up in the Control 

Point area. The remaining film was flown to laboratories of 

Consolidated Film Industries in Hollywood, California, and in the 

city of Fort Lee, New Jersey, for processing (64). 

Project 12.lc, Bhangmeter Mod II, was conducted by EGBG to 

evaluate and test a new bhangmeter. Project personnel installed 

these instruments for measuring the yield of a detonation at the 

Control Point and in the drop aircraft. Bhangmeter readings 

recorded at shot-time were analyzed after the shot (63). 

Project 12.2a-d, High-speed Photography, was conducted by 

LASL and EGIG. The objectives were to study early fireball 

71 
growth and to correlate shock arrival time with the appearance of 

the fireball. Project personnel mounted special cameras in a 

trailer at the BJY about four kilometers from ground zero and 

retrieved the film for analysis after the detonation (59). 

Program 13, Radiochemistry Sampling, involved cloud-sampling 

missions conducted by personnel from the 4925th Test Group 

(Atomic) (57). The sampling missions are discussed in section 

3.2.3, which describes AFSWC activities at BAKER. 

Project 15.2, Gamma Radiation Exposure as a Function of 

Distance, was conducted by personnel from LASL. The objective 

was to measure gamma radiation exposure at various distances from 

the detonation. Project personnel placed gamma-detecting 

instruments in the ground at distances of 540 to 2,810 meters 

from ground zero. At recovery hour, four men accompanied by two 

monitors entered the shot area to recover the instruments (109). 

Project 18.1, Total Thermal Radiation and Atmospheric 

Transmission, was conducted by the Naval Research Laboratory to 

study the transmission of light and thermal radiation emitted by 

nuclear detonations of various yields. To measure the transmission of light, personnel placed one photoelectric brightness 

meter at the Control Point and another in Area 2 of the NPG. In 

addition, they installed a transmissometer near the BJY and a 

receiver at the Control Point. To obtain data on thermal 

radiation emissions, personnel also installed four thermopile 

recorder systems. Instruments were operated manually from the 

Control Point during the shot. Personnel shut down equipment 

after the detonation to analyze recorded data (84). 

Project 18.3, Color Temperatures, was conducted by the Naval 

Research Laboratory to measure the spectral characteristics of a 

nuclear fireball as a function of time. Measurements were taken 

with a high-speed spectrograph (61). 

72 
Project 18.4, High-resolution Spectroscopy, was conducted by 

the Naval Research Laboratory to supplement information obtained 

from spectroscopy measurements taken during previous nuclear 

weapons testing series, such as Operations GREENHOUSE and 

BUSTER-JANGLE. Project personnel installed a spectrograph at the 

Control Point, 17 kilometers from ground zero (24). 

Project 19.la, Air Shock Pressure--Time versus Distance, was 

conducted by the Sandia Corporation. Representatives of LASL, 

AFSWP, the Stanford Research Institute, the Naval Ordnance 

Laboratory, and the Ballistic Research Laboratories helped to 

plan this project. The objective was to obtain pressure 

measurements to use in determining the relationship between air 

shock pressure and height of burst. Personnel installed pressure 

gauges along the ground between 230 and 3,500 meters from ground 

zero. They also placed gauges on towers of various heights 

located 430 to 1,370 meters from ground zero. At the instant of 

burst, information from the gauges was telemetered to a recording 

station where it was monitored by project personnel (93). 

Projects 19.lc and 19.ld, Shock-gauge Evaluations Tests, 

were conducted by Sandia Laboratory. Personnel from LASL and 

contractors assisted in calibrating and installing instruments. 

The project was intended to develop and test new instruments for 

measuring dynamic and static pressures, wind directions, sound 

and wind speeds, and temperature rises resulting from a shock 

wave. Project personnel installed instruments at two stations, 

located 875 meters and 1,790 meters from ground zero. Cables 

connected the instruments to equipment that recorded the 

information (47). 

Project 19.le, Air Shock Pressures as Affected by Hills and 

Dales, was conducted by personnel from Sandia Corporation and 

AEC contractors. The objective was to collect more information 

about the influence of hills and valleys on the shock waves from 

73 
airbursts and to study the shielding effects of hills. Project 

personnel installed gauges to record air shock pressure in a line 

running up the front slope and down the back slope of a hill at 

six locations ranging from 4,940 to 5,840 meters from ground 

zero. Cables connected the gauges to recording equipment in a 

nearby mobile van. Sometime after the detonation, project 

participants recovered the records from the van (92). 

Projects 19.2a and 19.2b, Blast-wave Material Velocity 

Measurements, were conducted by LASL. An officer and six men 

from the Antiaircraft Artillery and Guided Missile Center, Fort 

Bliss, Texas, installed and maintained the 90-millimeter battery. 

The objective was to photograph peak overpressure phenomena 

associated with a nuclear burst. Smoke canisters were fired into 

the air from mortars and guns immediately before the burst so 

that air disturbances would be visible and could be photographed. 

Before the shot, project personnel entered the shot area to 

emplace the mortar units, set up two 90-millimeter gun stations 

5,190 meters southwest of ground zero, and load the smoke 

canisters into the mortars and guns. Other personnel entered the 

shot area to load the cameras with film. An electronic timing 

device triggered the mortars and guns seconds before the shot. 

After the detonation, personnel reentered the area to retrieve 

film and to reload the guns and mortars for Shot CHARLIE (99). 

Project 19.2c, Beta-densitometer Feasibility Test, was 

conducted by personnel from LASL, assisted by Army personnel. 

The objective was to test two types of densitometers and to 

measure air density as a function of time after a shock wave. 

The densitometers, connected to recording equipment, were 

installed in the ground near the BAKER target area. They were 

set to start functioning upon receipt of an electronic timing 

signal. After the burst, project personnel entered the area to 

recover instruments and records (99). 

74 
Project 19.2d, Interferometer-gauge Pressure-time Measurement, was conducted by LASL (99). 

Project 19.2f, Measurement of Preshock Sound Velocity, was 

conducted by LASL with Air Force participation. The objective 

was to measure the velocity of sound in the air near the ground 

before the shock wave from the detonation arrived. Personnel 

installed oscillators and recording equipment at several stations 

near ground zero. After the detonation, personnel recovered the 

records from the instrument stations (99). 

3.2.3 Air Force Special Weapons Center Activities 

The Air Force Special Weapons Center provided personnel to 

staff the Air Operations Center, located at the Control Point. 

Besides airdropping the BAKER device, AFSWC conducted cloud 

sampling and sample courier missions for the test groups and 

cloud tracking and aerial radiological surveys of the terrain for 

the Test Manager. In addition to the AFSWC personnel, Strategic 

Air Command personnel witnessed the detonation. Although the SAC 

observers were not part of AFSWC, they were under the operational 

control of AFSWC while over the NPG, and are therefore discussed 

in this section (3-5; 57; 100). 

The following listing indicates the types and numbers of 

aircraft and the estimated numbers of personnel involved in air 

missions at Shot BAKER (57; 58): 

75 
ESTIMATED 

TYPE OF NUMBER OF NUMBER OF 

TITLE AIRCRAFT AIRCRAFT PERSONNEL 

Airdrop Mission B-50 1 12 

Disaster Mission c-47 1 17 

Sampling

Sampler Control B-29 1 9 

Sampler T-33 4 8 

Sample Courier Service B-25 2 10 

c-45 1 4 

c-47 1 4 

Cloud Tracking B-25 1 5 

B-29 1 10 

Aerial Surveys of Terrain c-47 2 10 

L-20 2 4 

Observer Activities B-50 14 170 

Airdrop and Disaster Missions 

The B-50 drop aircraft left Kirtland AFB, New Mexico, at 

0500 hours, which was four hours and 30 minutes before shot-time. 

The aircraft climbed to an altitude of 22,600 feet and entered a 

clockwise orbit over Yucca Flat at 0735 hours. Just before 0930 

hours, the B-50, which was then flying on a straight and level 

course, released the BAKER device. The bomb was off-target by 50 

meters. The aircraft left the shot area at 0935 hours, returning 

to Kirtland AFB at 1133 hours. The crew for this mission, from 

the 4925th Test Group (Atomic), had also dropped the ABLE device. 

The C-47 disaster aircraft, with a crew from the 4901st 

Support Wing (Atomic), left Kirtland AFB at about 0400 hours and 

orbited over Las Vegas while the B-50 completed its bomb drop 

mission. At 0935 hours, the aircraft began its return to 

76 
Kirtland AFB, arriving there at about 1230 hours (3; 4; 57; 

58; 76). 

Cloud Sampling 

One B-29 and four T-33s collected particulate and gaseous 

samples of the Shot BAKER cloud for Project 7.3, Radiochemical 

and Physical Analysis of Atomic Bomb Debris, and for Program 13, 

Radiochemistry Sampling. An additional B-29 was scheduled for 

cloud sampling but aborted its mission because of a fuel leak. 

The B-29 sampler control aircraft conducted the sampling in place 

of the other B-29. The control aircraft, with an AFSWC aircrew 

and a LASL scientific advisor onboard, directed the operations of 

the other sampler aircraft. The control aircraft and two 

samplers (tail numbers 920 and 048) each penetrated the cloud 

four times. Each of the other two samplers made three 

penetrations of the cloud. The aircraft flew at altitudes of 

11,500 to 15,000 feet. The following listing details the 

activities of each sampler aircraft (3; 4; 57; 58; 76): 

TOTAL 

DOSIMETER 

AIRCRAFT TYPE AND TAKEOFF READINGS LANDING 

TAIL NUMBER TIME (roentgens) TIME 

Sampler Control B-29 0935 0.146 1300 

(386) 

T-33 (920) 1100 0.030 1145 

T-33 (951) 1125 0.060 1230 

T-33 (048) 1105 0.045 1150 

T-33 (913) 1101 0.148 1200 

Upon completion of their missions, the samplers returned to 

Indian Springs AFB and parked in the northeast corner of the 

parking area. Pilots then shut down the engines. The crew of 

77 
the B-29 left the aircraft through the rear door between the 

stabilizer and the wing. The crews of the T-33s opened their 

canopies and disembarked by stepping onto a boarding ladder 

attached to the side of the aircraft. The sample-removing team 

and radiological safety monitors used long-handled tools to take 

samples from the aircraft and place them in shielded containers. 

They also removed the bottles containing the gaseous samples. 

They then loaded the sample containers onto courier aircraft for 

delivery to laboratories for analysis (3; 4; 57; 58; 76). 

Courier Missions 

After the sampling missions had been completed, four aircraft of the 4901st Support Wing (Atomic) transported the cloud 

samples to various airbases for laboratory analysis. At 1230 

hours, a B-25 flew from Indian Springs AFB to McClellan AFB with 

Project 7.3 samples. A C-47 flew from Indian Springs AFB to LASL 

at 1330 hours with Program 13 samples. Also at 1330 hours, a 

C-45 left Yucca Lake airstrip on a courier mission to LASL. At 

1430 hours, a B-25 with Project 1.9 samples flew from Yucca Lake 

airstrip to the Army Chemical Center (3; 4; 57; 58; 76). 

Cloud Tracking 

Immediately after the detonation, one B-25 and one B-29 from 

Indian Springs AFB flew cloud-tracking missions over and beyond 

the NPG. The B-25 (tail number 099) took off at 0948 hours, 

tracked the cloud at heights ranging from 6,000 to 12,000 feet, 

and landed at 1518 hours. The B-29 (tail number 826) took off at 

0945 hours, tracked the cloud at heights of 12,000 to 17,000 

feet, and landed at 1430 hours (3; 4; 57; 58; 76). 

Aerial Surveys of Terrain 

After the detonation, two C-47 and one L-20 aircraft, all 

based at Indian Springs AFB, conducted radiological surveys of 

the terrain onsite and offsite. The following listing provides 

information on their activities (3; 4; 57; 76): 

78 
AIRCRAFT TYPE AND DEPARTURE HEIGHT LANDING 

TAIL NUMBER TIME (feet above 

terrain) 

TIME 

c-47 (308) 1210 400-7,000 1740 

C-47 (386) 1215 10,000 1715 

L-20 (464) 1430 250-1,000 1800 

Observer Activities 

At Shot BAKER, 14 B-50 aircraft from the Strategic Air 

Command participated in an orientation and indoctrination exercise in nuclear weapons effects. On shot-day, 12 of the aircraft 

with SAC observers left Barksdale AFB-, Louisiana, and arrived 

over the NPG at 0829 hours. The other two B-50s took off from 

Travis AFB and arrived at the NPG at 0835 hours. The aircraft 

remained in a holding pattern through shot-time, so that 

observers could witness the detonation and subsequent cloud 

development. At 0935 hours, all aircraft left the test area for 

their bases (3-5; 11; 57; 76; 100). 

3.3 RADIATION PROTECTION AT SHOT BAKER 

The primary purpose of the radiation protection procedures 

developed by the test groups and AFSWC for Shot BAKER was to keep 

individual exposures to ionizing radiation to a minimum, while 

still allowing participants to accomplish their missions. 

Logistics and Materiel 

From 15 April to 22 April 1952, which covers the 15 April 

detonation of Shot BAKER, the Logistics and Materiel Department 

of the AFSWP Radiological Safety Group issued 247 film badges to 

AEC and DOD participants in 17 programs and 66 projects. The 

79 
department also issued 392 sets of protective clothing and 90 

radiological survey instruments (65). 

Monitoring 

Beginning with BAKER, eight radial lines of numbered wooden 

stakes were placed at go-meter intervals in the target area. 

These radial lines were centered on ground zero and were 

generally oriented toward the eight principal points of the 

compass. The ground survey teams measured radiation intensities 

at these locations. The initial ground survey teams reported 

data from about 30 to 75 minutes after the detonation. Toward 

the end of the survey, the team reported a maximum radiation 

intensity of 1.2 R/h at ground zero (65). 

Offsite ground monitoring teams and personnel who were to 

operate fixed sampling stations left for their assigned locations 

the day before the shot. The highest radiation intensity 

detected by these offsite monitors was 0.006 to 0.007 R/h on 

Nevada Route 52, approximately 25 kilometers south of Indian 

Springs, seven hours and 30 minutes after the detonation (65). 

Two C-47 and one L-20 aircraft conducted offsite aerial 

surveys of the terrain. None of the aircraft encountered 

significant radiation intensities (65). 

Plotting and Briefing 

The ground radiation monitoring teams provided survey data 

for the radiation isointensity plots. Plotting and Briefing 

personnel used these data to make the initial isointensity plot, 

a copy of which is shown in figure 3-5. Resurveys were conducted 

three hours later on shot-day and on 16, 17, and 18 April. 

Copies of the isointensity maps generated from these resurveys 

are shown in figure 3-6 (65). The labels of the maps in the 

source document do not always reflect the range of survey times 

given in the tables of intensity readings that accompany the 

maps. 

80 
t 

. . . . 

. . . 

. 

- GZ 1.2Rih~ 

. 

. 

. . 

\/ . 

. 

. 

. 

. 

. 

. . . . 

w 

. . 

. . 

Stake Lines 

0 100 

. . . . . . :. . . . . . . . 0.01 R/h 

I ’ I • . . • ------ O.lR/tl 

Meters I 

Figure 3-5: INITIAL RADIATION ISOINTENSITY MAP FOR SHOT BAKER, 

15 APRIL 1952,lOll TO 1040 HOURS 

81 
. 

GZ 0.15 R/h 

,Meters I Meters 

15 APRIL 1952,130O TO 1400 HOURS 16 APRIL 1952,070O HOURS 

N 

P

GZ 0.036 R/h% . 

/ 

. 

. 

’ . . . . f /‘/.

.

* 

0 100 \ 

Meters 

17 APRIL 1952,063O HOURS 18 APRIL 1952,060O TO 0632 HOURS 

Stake Lines 

. . . . . . . . . 0.01 R/h 

------ 0.1 R/h 

Figure 3-6: SUBSEQUENT RADIATION ISOINTENSITY MAPS FOR SHOT BAKER 

82 
Dosimetry Data 

The AFSWP Radiological Safety Report indicates that the 

highest accumulated exposure for any AFSWP participant who was 

issued a film badge during the period 15 to 21 April 1952 was 

0.14 roentgens, well below the established limit (65). 

83 
SHOT CHARLIE SYNOPSIS 

AEC TEST SERIES: TUMBLER-SNAPPER 

DOD EXERCISE: Exercise Desert Rock IV 

DATE/TIME: 22 April 1952, 0930 hours 

YIELD: 31 kilotons 

HEIGHT OF BURST: 3,447 feet (airdrop) 

DOD Objectives: 1) To indoctrinate troops in the effects of a 

nuclear detonation on military equipment

2) To determine the psychological reactions 

of troops observing a detonation 

3) To train troops in the tactical use of 

nuclear weapons and in radiological 

protection measures. 

Weather: At shot-time, the surface winds were six knots 

from the southwest. Winds were five knots 

from the west-northwest at 10,000 feet, 15 

knots from the north-northwest at 20,000 feet, 

29 knots from the northwest at 30,000 feet, 

and 22 knots from the west at 40,000 feet. 

The temperature was 19'C, the relative 

humidity was 30 percent, and the pressure was 

873 millibars. 

Radiation Data: About one hour after the shot, radiation 

intensities of 0.01 R/h were found at a radius 

of about one kilometer from ground zero. 

Participants: Exercise Desert Rock IV participants; Armed 

Forces Special Weapons Project; Air Force 

Special Weapons Center; Los Alamos Scientific 

Laboratory; Atomic Energy Commission; 

contractors. 

84 
CHAPTER 4 

SHOT CHARLIE 

Shot CHARLIE, an airdropped nuclear device, detonated with a 

yield of 31 kilotons at 0930 hours on 22 April 1952. CHARLIE, 

the third nuclear test of Operation TUMBLER-SNAPPER, was 

developed by the Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory. The nuclear 

device was dropped from an AFSWC B-50 aircraft flying over Area 7 

of Yucca Flat, UTM coordinates 871045, at an altitude of 32,640 

feet. Shot CHARLIE had the same ground zero as Shot BAKER, shown 

in figure 3-l. The cloud formed by the detonation reached from 

31,000 to 42,000 feet, where the winds were from the westnorthwest at 15 to 30 knots. The cloud drifted southeast into 

Arizona (3; 4; 39; 52; 57; 62). 

CHARLIE was a weapons development and effects test. Thus, 

it was part of both the TUMBLER and SNAPPER phases of the operation. One of the objectives was to compare blast overpressure 

data from Shots CHARLIE, DOG, and EASY of Operation BUSTER-JANGLE 

with data from a blast detonated over the same terrain but at a 

different height of burst and with a larger yield. The overPressure data were also compared with the results of Shots ABLE 

and BAKER of Operation TUMBLER-SNAPPER (3; 4; 98; 105). 

Shot CHARLIE was the first nuclear event of Operation 

TUMBLER-SNAPPER opened on a limited scale to the news media. 

Through a program called Operation SCRIBE, representatives of the 

press participated in preshot activities, including tours of 

Indian Springs AFB, Camp Mercury, Camp Desert Rock, and the AEC 

Control Point at Yucca Pass. They witnessed the detonation from 

News Nob, a rocky hill located near the Control Point and more 

than 15 kilometers south of ground zero (3; 16). Figure 4-l 

shows some of the news media preparing to photograph the 

detonation from News Nob (4). 

85 

4.1 EXERCISE DESERT ROCK IV OPERATIONS AT SHOT CHARLIE 

At Shot CHARLIE, approximately 2,210 exercise troops and 

observers participated in Exercise Desert Rock IV programs. An 

additional 1,500 Camp Desert Rock troops provided radiological 

safety, transportation, communications, and control functions for 

the exercises in the forward areas. A total of 535 Army and Air 

Force personnel took part in the troop observer program. The 

tactical troop maneuvers engaged about 1,675 Army and Air Force 

personnel, the largest number of participants in any Exercise 

Desert Rock activity at Operation TUMBLER-SNAPPER (37; 50). 

Table 4-l summarizes information on the Desert Rock IV programs 

at Shot CHARLIE. 

Table 4-1: EXERCISE DESERT ROCK IV ACTIVITIES AT 

SHOT CHARLIE 

Estimated 

Program Participating Service DOD 

Personnel 

Observers Army 300 

Air Force 235 

Tactical Troop Maneuver Army 1,300 

Air Force 375 

4.1.1 Participation of Camp Desert Rock Support Troops 

Camp Desert Rock troops provided logistical, operational, 

and administrative support to the exercise troops. In performing 

these duties, the support troops sometimes entered the forward 

area. 

87 
Two special staff sections of Exercise Desert Rock IV 

particularly involved in shot-day operations were the Radiological Safety Group and the Instructor Group. The Desert Rock 

Radiological Safety Group surveyed radiological conditions in the 

Desert Rock maneuver area after the CHARLIE detonation. AFSWP 

monitors supervised the Desert Rock group in this survey. In 

addition, a Desert Rock radiological safety team accompanied each 

platoon into the forward area. The Instructor Group consisted of 

five officers, an operations sergeant, one stenographer, and a 

classroom assistant. Instructors led the maneuver units through 

the display area to view the damage caused by the detonation and 

noted differences between the predicted and actual effects of the 

burst (75). 

Several other Desert Rock support elements engaged in 

activities at CHARLIE. Before the shot, personnel from the 369th 

Engineer Amphibious Support Regiment spent several days in the 

equipment display area placing military vehicles and ordnance at 

various distances from ground zero. Exercise troops inspected 

these displays as part of their orientation before and after the 

detonation (75). 

The 23rd and 31st Transportation Truck Companies transported 

military personnel to and from the forward area during rehearsals 

and on shot-day. At shot-time, these vehicles were parked south 

of the trench area, shown in figure 4-2 (69; 75). 

The Camp Desert Rock Signal Detachment, composed of 

personnel from the 314th Signal Construction Battalion and the 

504th Signal Base Maintenance Company, established wire and radio 

communications within the forward area, as well as at Camp Desert 

Rock. It was planned that, after the shot, signal personnel 

would operate the two mobile public address systems in the 

display area to assist the Instructor Group in its presentations. 
GROUND ZERO 

(UTM 871045) 

Note: This figure does not show 

the route taken by 

the official observer 

Pam/. 

t 

Route of Advance 

TROOP TRENCH AREA 

- e Foot route 

W Truck route 

OU 4 

Kilometers PARKING AREAS t 4 

Figure 4-2: OBSERVER TRENCHES, DISPLAY AND PARKING AREAS, 

AND ROUTES OF ADVANCE FOR SERVICE OBSERVERS 

AND MANEUVER TROOPS AT SHOT CHARLIE 

89 
A medical detachment from the 369th Engineer Amphibious 

Support Regiment, augmented by Sixth Army medical personnel, 

provided support in the forward area and at Camp Desert Rock. A 

medical officer and aidmen accompanied the Control Group to the 

forward area and established an aid station south of the trenches 

in the parking area (75). 

Company A, 505th Military Police Battalion, provided traffic 

control in Camp Desert Rock and along the convoy route during 

rehearsals and on shot-day as part of the observer exercise 

(37; 75). 

4.1.2 Observer Activities 

Two groups of observers viewed the detonation. The service 

observers, approximately 300 Army and 235 Air Force personnel 

from various continental Army and Air Force commands and military 

service schools, observed Shot CHARLIE from trenches about 6,400 

meters from ground zero. The other group of observers consisted 

of DOD officials, along with representatives of the news media 

and some local, state, and Federal Government officials. Their 

vantage point was News Nob, more than 15 kilometers south of 

ground zero (3; 4; 16; 37; 40; 75). 

Service Observers 

Both the Army and the Air Force observers participated in 

the same orientation and indoctrination activities for the event. 

Most observers reported for duty between 18 April and 21 April. 

On 19 April, the observers rehearsed their shot-day activities, 

proceeding into the trenches, shown in figure 4-3, and inspecting 

the equipment display area. From 19 April to 21 April, the 

Instructor Group used films and lectures to familiarize the 

observers with the characteristics of a nuclear detonation and 

the procedures to follow during a nuclear test (16; 42; 75). 

90 

At 0454 hours on 22 April, the observers left Camp Desert 

Rock by truck convoy for the trench area. They wore fatigue 

uniforms and boots and carried protective masks and helmets. 

The Army and Air Force personnel who were to participate in troop 

maneuvers were also in this convoy. Observers and exercise 

troops reached the trenches by about 0815 hours (69). 

From 75 minutes before to about 15 minutes after the detonation, a Desert Rock instructor briefed and instructed the 

observers. Ten minutes before shot-time, he directed them to 

enter their foxholes and trenches. Two minutes before shottime, the observers knelt in their trenches, covering their faces 

with their hands and leaning against the forward trench wall. 

They remained below ground level until after the detonation. 

Three seconds after the flash of light from the detonation, 

clearance was given for participants to stand upright to view the 

fireball and Shot CHARLIE cloud. Approximately 15 seconds after 

the flash, the blast wave reached the trench area 'and temporarily 

obscured vision. Observers remained in the trench area while 

Desert Rock monitors, supported by AFSWP radiological safety 

monitors, performed the initial radiological survey of the area. 

After this survey was completed, the Test Manager opened the shot 

area for personnel activities. The observers accompanied 

maneuver troops on their inspection of the equipment display 

area, discussed in section 4.1.3 of this chapter (16; 37; 75). 

Official Observers 

The official observers were briefed before the shot 

concerning the scheduled events and radiological safety 

procedures. Some of the observers were given high-density 

goggles to wear while viewing the burst. Others were told to 

face away and to shield their eyes during the detonation. Figure 

4-4 shows this group of observers rehearsing for Shot CHARLIE. 

These observers witnessed the shot from News Nob, more than 15 

kilometers south of ground zero (3; 9; 16; 75). 

92 

One observer at News Nob described CHARLIE, shortly after 

detonation, as follows: 

It was possible to discern the outline of the fireball, 

the rocket trails and the antiaircraft smoke puffs,

although the light was near blinding. It appeared the 

sky behind the bomb was a deep red with white rocket 

lines etched on it.... 

The cloud left a white vapor trail as it rose, there 

was no mushroom stem as ordinarily occurs in low level 

bursts. This, combined with the high yield, gave an 

unusually clean and spectacular atomic cloud. The 

cloud formed its customary doughnut in which the brown 

oxides of nitrogen were clearly visible. The cloud 

retained its clear identity for perhaps five minutes. 

The noise hurt my ears and of course the dust carried 

by the blast blotted out everything beyond a yard for a 

minute or so. The Desert Rock Master of Ceremonies had 

repeatedly warned the observers of the dust storm which 

would follow the blast, yet many individuals were so 

impressed by the first sight of the fireball that they 

were standing with their mouths wide open. Consequently when the blast wave arrived these persons 

received a mouth full of dust as their second impression of the atomic detonation. 

Some observers stated that they could see the dust from 

the blast rolling towards their position (16). 

Thirty minutes after the detonation, or at about 1000 hours, 

nine official observers who were unable to participate in postshot activities took a bus from News Nob to Indian Springs AFB. 

At about 1045 hours, four buses of official DOD and Government 

observers, one bus of DOD technical consultants, and two buses of 

AEC technical observers left News Nob for the shot area. At 

about 1100 hours, the official observers were notified that a 

parachute drop maneuver to be held in conjunction with the troop 

maneuver had been advanced to 1115 hours. To make sure their 

activities would not conflict with the parachute drop, the 

observers stopped ahead of schedule and began lunch at about 1120 

hours. 

94 
At approximately 1150 hours, the official observer convoy 

proceeded to an instrument shelter located near Mercury Highway, 

where the observers received a radiological safety briefing and 

toured the shelter. The convoy next proceeded to the Area 7 

access road and to the radiological safety checkpoint. It then 

traveled on the Area 7 access road to the Project 3.1 statior 

area, where the observers inspected parked aircraft and were 

briefed by a project participant on the detonation's effects on 

the aircraft. The buses continued on the access road to the 0.01 

R/h line, which was about 910 meters from ground zero. At this 

point, the official observer convoy turned back. 

At about 1300 hours, the bus convoy left the shot area for 

the return trip on Mercury Highway to the Control Point. Upon 

reaching the Control Point, the buses were checked for contamination. At about 1400 hours, the buses left the Control Point 

for Indian Springs AFB, which they reached at approximately 1530 

hours. At 1710 and 1800 hours, C-54 aircraft left Indian Springs 

AFB to return official observers to their home stations (16). 

4.1.3 Tactical Troop Maneuver 

The following description of the troop maneuver at Shot 

CHARLIE has been reconstructed from Desert Rock IV planning 

documents, from scattered documents written after the exercise, 

and from information about the troop maneuver at Shot DOG, which 

was similar to the maneuver at CHARLIE. 

The objectives of the tactical maneuver at Shot CHARLIE, the 

first Army exercise of Desert Rock IV, were to: 

0 Provide training in the tactical employment of 

nuclear weapons and in radiological protection 

measures 

• Determine the psychological reactions of troops

watching a detonation and passing through the 

area of the detonation shortly after shot-time 

95 
Determine the effects of the detonation on 

military equipment situated at various 

distances from ground zero. 

0 

Two Army contractors, the Human Resources Research Office 

(HumRRO) and the Operations Research Office (ORO), conducted the 

psychological tests (25; 77; 113). 

Army units participating in the maneuver were (2; 40; 75): 

0 2nd Battalion, 504th Airborne Infantry 

Regiment, 82nd Airborne Division, Fort Bragg,

North Carolina 

• Company B, 167th Infantry Regiment, 31st 

Infantry Division, Camp Atterbury, Indiana 

a Company C, 135th Infantry Regiment, 47th 

Infantry Division, Fort Rucker, Alabama 

• Tank Platoon, 11th Armored Cavalry Regiment, 

Camp Carson, Colorado 

0 Engineer Platoon, 369th Engineer Amphibious

Support Regiment, Fort Worden, Washington 

0 Medical Detachment, 369th Engineer Amphibious 

Support Regiment (augmented from Sixth Army), 

numerous Army posts. 

About 375 Air Force personnel from the 140th Fighter-Bomber Group 

(Provisional), consisting of elements from the 140th FighterBomber Wing from Clovis AFB, New Mexico, also took part in the 

ground maneuver. For the exercise, the Army and Air Force units 

were organized into a battalion combat team (16; 25; 37; 68; 72; 

75; 82). 

The Army planned the troop maneuver according to the 

following scenario. An aggressor with overwhelming forces 

invaded the western United States and pushed friendly forces into 

retreat. The aggressor then established a hypothetical line of 

strong defensive positions which resisted breakthrough by 

friendly forces using conventional weapons. To gain the offensive and penetrate enemy lines, friendly forces detonated Shot 

96 
CHARLIE. These troops then advanced to a position 6,400 meters 

south of ground zero. Meanwhile, a company of paratroopers was 

dropped behind enemy lines to sever enemy communications. The 

ground forces met at a location near ground zero to capture the 

enemy objective (42; 73; 75). 

Participating troops reported to Camp Desert Rock by 

18 April 1952. From 19 April to 21 April, the Instructor Group 

briefed them on the effects of a nuclear detonation and on 

radiological safety procedures. On 19 April, the troops 

rehearsed shot-day activities, including an inspection of the 

equipment display area (16; 42; 75). 

HumRRO and OR0 began their study during the preshot orientation period. On 19 April, HumRRO and OR0 monitors tested 20 

enlisted men from the 135th Infantry Regiment, 47th Infantry 

Division, and 19 enlisted men from the 504th Airborne Infantry 

Regiment, 82nd Airborne Division. They administered a polygraph 

test to these troops to determine their psychological responses 

to the maneuver in which they were to participate. On 21 April, 

HumRRO and OR0 personnel conducted a rifle disassembly-assembly 

test, with 50 soldiers from the 165th Regiment, 31st Infantry 

Division, and 49 from the 504th Airborne Infantry Regiment, 82nd 

Airborne Division, participating. The rifle test was repeated 

immediately after the shot to determine if the physical responses 

of the troops were slower after they had witnessed a nuclear 

detonation for the first time (25; 77; 113). 

At 0454 hours on 22 April, the troops, carrying rifles and 

wearing fatigue uniforms and steel helmets, began leaving Camp 

Desert Rock for the trench area. They reached the trenches in a 

truck convoy by about 0815 hours. Before and after shot-time, a 

Desert Rock instructor briefed them, as described in section 

4.1.2 of this chapter (69; 75; 95). 

97 
Troops entered their foxholes and trenches ten minutes 

before shot-time. Two minutes before the shot, they knelt, 

covering their faces with their hands and leaning against the 

forward trench wall. Three seconds after the detonation, the 

troops were cleared to stand up and view the fireball and 

resulting cloud (75). 

Following the detonation, the troops remained in the trench 

area, while Desert Rock monitors accompanied AFSWP radiological 

monitoring teams on the initial survey of the shot area. Meanwhile, in the trench area, HumRRO and OR0 monitors retested 25 of 

the original participants from the 165th Regiment in rifle 

disassembly-assembly (25; 75). 

At about 1030 hours, when the Test Manager announced 

recovery hour, the Exercise Director permitted personnel, 

including the observers, to advance by motor convoy to the shot 

area. The convoy traveled north on Mercury Highway to the BJy 

area, where it parked northeast of the intersection, shown in 

figure 4-2. The troops and observers then proceeded on foot to 

the equipment display areas, located between 3,200 meters and 180 

meters west and southwest of ground zero. Figure 4-5 shows 

personnel of the 140th Fighter-Bomber Group (Provisional) 

marching to the equipment display areas. After viewing the 

displays, the troops advanced toward the paratrooper drop area 

northwest of ground zero. On their march, they approached as 

close as 160 meters to ground zero (16; 23; 75; 82). 

While ground troops were performing these activities, the 

Army paratroopers conducted their part of the maneuver. Before 

boarding the drop aircraft, paratroopers put on their parachutes, 

as shown in figure 4-6. At 1059 hours, five Tactical Air Command 

C-46 aircraft, carrying 150 paratroopers from the 2nd Battalion, 

504th Airborne Infantry Regiment, 82nd Airborne Division, took 

off from Indian Springs AFB. The aircraft reached the test site 

98 


at about 1105 hours and established an orbiting pattern. The 

paratroopers were to start parachuting at 1115 hours into the 

area north-northwest of ground zero, shown in figure 4-2. Figure 

4-7 shows the paratroopers awaiting the signal to jump. At 1109 

hours, the $aratroopers in one C-46 began their jump, landing as 

far as 13 kilometers from the designated drop zone. Soon after, 

they notified the pilot that five paratroopers had been injured 

on landing. At 1120 hours, the crew of this C-46 reported to the 

Air Operations Center that its paratroopers had jumped 

prematurely, and the pilot asked the Air Operations Center to 

send a helicopter to assist the injured personnel. At 1141 

hours, a YH-12 helicopter was dispatched from the Control Point. 

The YH-12 crew reported to the Air Operations Center at 1151 

hours that the paratroopers' injuries were minor. An ambulance 

returned the injured paratroopers to Camp Desert Rock for medical 

attention (3-5; 57; 75). 

Paratroopers in the other four aircraft jumped as scheduled. 

By 1120, they were either in descent or just reaching the ground. 

Figure 4-S shows paratroopers descending over the designated drop 

zone. By about 1125, the aircraft left the shot area for the 

Yucca Lake airstrip, which they reached at 1143 hours (3-5; 57). 

The paratroopers who landed in the designated drop zone 

probably marched south to meet the maneuver troops and service 

observers. This completed the maneuver. The ground troops, 

service observers, and paratroopers walked back to the parking 

area near the BJY to be monitored for radiation. According to 

the Schedule of Events, they were to leave the parking area at 

approximately 1330 hours and travel in a truck convoy south on 

Mercury Highway, reaching Camp Desert Rock between 1500 and 1530 

hours (95). 

After the troops returned to Camp Desert Rock on shot-day, 

HumRRO and OR0 monitors readministered the polygraph test to 

101 


20 soldiers from the 135th Infantry Regiment and 19 of the 

participants from the 504th Airborne Infantry Regiment. They 

also retested the troops on 23 April. By 24 April, the ground 

troops and the paratroopers were to have left Camp Desert Rock 

for their home stations (25). 

4.2 DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE PARTICIPATION IN SCIENTIFIC AND 

SUPPORT ACTIVITIES AT SHOT CHARLIE 

Department of Defense personnel took part in scientific and 

diagnostic projects conducted by the Military Effects Test Group 

and the Weapons Development Test Group. Table 4-2 lists the test 

group projects and identifies the participating agencies. In 

addition to participating in test group experiments, DOD personnel were involved in AFSWC air‘ support activities. 

4.2.1 Military Effects Test Group Projects 

The Military Effects Test Group projects at Shot CHARLIE 

were primarily designed to document blast pressure. Personnel 

spent several weeks before the detonation placing and calibrating 

pressure gauges and other instruments in the shot area. These 

activities were completed the day before the detonation, when 

personnel left the target area after finishing their last-minute 

instrument checks and calibrations. Figure 3-3 shows the 

instrument layout for Military Effects Test Group activities at 

Shots CHARLIE, BAKER, and DOG. Recovery operations began after 

the announcement of recovery hour at 1030 hours. 

Project 1.2, Air Pressure versus Time, was conducted by the 

Stanford Research Institute to collect data on the airblast 

produced by an airdropped nuclear device. At 2130 hours on the 

night before the detonation, four personnel checked blast gauges 

placed along the blast line from ground zero to 2,750 meters from 

ground zero. They spent up to eight hours performing this 

104 
Table 4-2: TEST GROUP ACTIVITIES WITH DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE 

PARTICIPATION, SHOT CHARLIE 

Project/ 

Program Title Participants 

Military Effects Test Group 

1.2 Air Pressure versus Time Stanford Research Institute 

1.3 Free-air and Ground-level Pressure Measurements Naval Ordnance Laboratory 

and 

1.5 

1.6 Ground Acceleration Measurements Ballistic Research Laboratories 

1.7 Earth Acceleration versus Time Stanford Research Institute 

1.9 Pm-shock Dust Army Chemical Center 

1.13 Measurement of Air Blast Pressure versus Time David Taylor Model Basin 

2.1 Total Gamma Exposure versus Distance Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories 

2.3 Neutron Flux and Energy Measurements Naval Research Laboratory 

3.1 Vulnerability of Parked Aircraft to Atomic Bombs Wright Air Development Center; Los Alamos 

Scientific Laboratory; Naval Radiological 

Defense Leboraton/ 

3.3 Blast Damage to Trees - Isolated Conifers Forest Service, Department of Agriculture 

3.4 Minefield Clearance Engineer Research and Development 

Laboratories 

4.2 Biomedical Exposure Equipment Naval Medical Research Institute 

4.3 Biological Effectiveness of Neutron Radiation from Naval Radiological Defense Laboratory 

Nuclear Weapons 

4.4 Gamma Depth Dose Measurement in Unit Density Naval Medical Research Institute 

Material 

4.5 Flash Blindness Air Force School of Aviation Medicine; 

Air Training Command; Brooke Army 

Medical Center; Strategic Air Command 

4.6 Time Course of Thermal Radiation as Measured by Neval Medical Research Institute; University 

Bums in Pigs of Rochester Atomic Energy Project 

6.1 Evaluation of Military Radiac Equipment Bureau of Ships; Signal Corps Engineering 

Leboratories 

6.4 Operational Tests of Radar and Photographic Wright Air Development Center; 

Techniques for IBDA Strategic Air Command 

7.la Electromagnetic Effects from Atomic Explosions National Bureau of Standards; Air Force 

Cambridge Research Center; Air Weather 

Service; Geophysical Laboratory of the 

University of California at Los Angeles 

7.1 b Long Range Light Measurements EG&G; Headquarters, Air Force 

105 
Table 4-2: TEST GROUP ACTIVITIES WITH DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE 

PARTICIPATION, SHOT CHARLIE (Continued) 

Project/

Program Title Participants 

Military Effects Test Group Kontinuedl 

7.2 Detection of Airborne Low-frequency Sound from 

Atomic Explosions 

7.3 Radiochemical and Physical Analysis of Atomic 

Bomb Debris 

7.4 Seismic Waves from A-Bombs Detonated over a 

Desert Valley 

8.1 Effects of Atomic Explosions on Forest Fuels 

8.2 Air Temperatures in the Vicinity of a Nuclear 

Detonation 

8.3 Thermal Radiation from a Nuclear Detonation 

83a Thermal Radiation Measurements Using Passive 

Indicators 

8.4 Atmospheric Transmission and Weather 

Measurements 

8.5 Incendiary Effects of Atomic Bomb Tests on 

Building Sections at Yucca Flat 

8.6 Sound Velocity Changes near the Ground in the 

Vicinity of an Atomic Explosion 

9.1 Technical and Training Photography 

9.2 Air Weather Service Participation 

9.4 Effects of Atomic Explosions on the Ionosphere 

9.5 Electromagnetic Radiation over the Radio Spectrum 

from Nuclear Detonations 

Weapons 

10.1 Measurement of Alpha 

Headquarters, Air Force; Signal Corps 

Engineering Laboratories; National Bureau 

of Standards 

Headquarters, Air Force 

Air Force 1009th Special Weapons 

Squadron; Coast and Geodetic Survey 

Forest Service, Department of Agriculture 

Naval Radiological Defense Laboratory 

Naval Radiological Defense Laboratory 

Naval Material Laboratory 

Naval Material Laboratory 

Forest Products Laboratory of the Forestry 

Service 

Naval Electronics Laboratory 

Naval Medical Research Institute; 

Air Force Lookout Mountain Laboratory; 

Wright Air Development Center; 4925th 

Test Group (Atomic); SAC 5th and 28th 

Reconnaissance Technical Squadrons; 

301 st Signal Photo Company; Signal Corps 

Engineering Laboratories; Army Pictorial 

Service Division 

Air Weather Service 

Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories; 

9471st Technical Service Unit 

Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories; 

9467th Technical Service Unit 

Development Test Group 

Naval Research Laboratory 

12.1 Technical Photography EGBG 

12.lc Bhangmeter Mod II EGBG 

12.2a-d High-speed Photography EGBG; Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

106 
Table 4-2: TEST GROUP ACTIVITIES WITH DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE 

PARTICIPATION, SHOT CHARLIE (Continued) 

Projectl 

Program Title Participants 

Weapons Development Test Group (Continued) 

13 Radiochemistry Sampling Program 4925th Test Group (Atomic) 

15.2 Gamma Radiation Exposure as a Function of Distance Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

15.3 Radiation Monitoring Measurements Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

18.1 Total Thermal Radiation and Atmospheric Naval Research Laboratory 

Transmission 

18.4 High-resolution Spectroscopy Naval Research Laboratory 

19.la Air Shock Pressure - Time versus Distance Sandia Corporation; Los Alemos Scientific 

Laboratory; Armed Forces Special Weapons 

Project; Stanford Research Institute; Naval 

Ordnance Laboratory; Ballistic Research 

Laboratories 

19.1 c-d Shock-gauge Evaluations Tests Sandia Laboratory; Los Alamos Scientific 

Laboratory 

19.le Air Shock Pressures as Affected by Hills and Dales Sandia Corporation 

19.2a-b Blast-wave Material Velocity Measurements Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory; 

EG&G 

19.2c Betadensitometer Feasibility Test Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

19.2d Interferometer-gauge Pressure-time Measurements Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

19.2f Measurement of Preshock Sound Velocity Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

107 
activity. One hour after the area was opened for recovery 

operations, four personnel began collecting data from blast 

gauges up to ground zero. This operation took two hours (95; 

102). 

Projects 1.3 and 1.5, Free-air and Ground-level Pressure 

Measurements, were conducted as one project by the Naval Ordnance 

Laboratory. The objective was to measure pressures produced by a 

nuclear detonation at ground level and in free air (20). 

Three hours before the detonation, four Project 1.3 personnel completed their check of pressure gauges placed flush with 

the earth's surface and left the shot area. The gauge measurements were telemetered to a recording trailer about 3,660 meters 

from ground zero. Three hours after the announcement of recovery 

hour, two participants spent about two hours retrieving data from 

the trailer. At 0900 hours on the day after the detonation, two 

personnel and a radiological safety monitor finished inspecting 

and retrieving gauges up to ground zero. Their estimated working 

time was two hours (20; 95). 

Project 1.5 measured pressures in free air by photographing 

smoke rocket trails. At 1530 hours on the day before the shot, 

six personnel spent about two hours loading rocket launchers in 

the shot area. Seconds before the shot, the smoke rockets were 

launched remotely, and immediately after the detonation, their 

trails were photographed. Twenty minutes after the shot, two 

Participants accompanied the radiological survey team into the 

target area, where they unloaded any unfired rockets 920 and 

1,070 meters from ground zero. At 0900 hours on the day 

following the detonation, six project personnel replaced and 

reloaded smoke rocket launchers 150 meters to 920 meters from 

ground zero. The Schedule of Events lists their working time as 

"indefinite" (20; 95). 

108 
Project 1.6, Ground Acceleration Measurements, was conducted 

bv the Ballistic Research Laboratories. Project personnel measured ground shock with accelerometers positioned before the detonation at stations 60, 200, 430, 890, 1,340, 1,800, and 2,700 

meters from ground zero. At 1530 hours on the day before the 

detonation, three project participants went to the stations to 

make a final instrument check. They left the area within two 

hours. At about 0900 hours on the day after the shot, four 

project personnel began recovering the accelerometers located in 

the stations along the blast line up to the 5.0 R/h area. They 

completed this activity within six hours (60; 95). 

Project 1.7, Earth Acceleration versus Time, was conducted 

by the Stanford Research Institute to measure the proportion of 

blast energy absorbed from the air by the earth. At 2130 hours 

on the night before the detonation, four personnel checked 

accelerometers placed along the instrument line from ground zero 

to 2,750 meters from ground zero. They spent up to eight hours 

in performing this activity. One hour after the area was opened 

for recovery operations, four personnel began collecting data 

from accelerometers positioned 2,290 and 1,150 meters from ground 

zero. This operation took two hours (95; 103). 

Project 1.9, Pre-shock Dust, was conducted by the Chemical 

and Radiological Laboratories of the Army Chemical Center. The 

objective was to determine the concentration and the size distribution of the dust generated before the arrival of the shock wave 

by thermal radiation resulting from a nuclear detonation. About 

four hours before shot-time, personnel inspected instruments for 

collecting dust particles at six stations: two were located 

200 meters from ground zero, another two 430 meters, and two 

other stations 880 meters from ground zero. The instruments, 

which included cascade impactors and filter samplers, collected 

pre-shock dust particles generated during the brief period of 

time between the detonation and the arrival of the shock wave at 

each of the stations (27). 

109 
At the announcement of recovery hour, two personnel and a 

radiological safety monitor were scheduled to reenter the shot 

area and spend one hour retrieving instruments from the sampling 

stations. They then took the equipment and dust particle samples 

to the Yucca Flat airstrip where, within four hours, each sample 

was packaged and placed aboard a courier aircraft for transport 

to the Army Chemical Center for analysis (27; 95). Section 

4.2.3, on AFSWC activities during CHARLIE, discusses the courier 

flights. 

Project 1.13, Measurement of Air Blast Pressure versus Time, 

was conducted by the David Taylor Model Basin. The pro,ject was 

to provide blast pressure data for Program 3 agencies, particularly those participating in Pro.ject 3.1, Vulnerability of Parked 

Aircraft to Atomic Bombs (46). 

Before the shot, personnel calibrated and installed gauges 

at 16 Project 3.1 stations located 670, 890, 1,180, 2,370, 2,380, 

2,410, 3,110, and 3,130 meters from ground zero. Four people 

made a final check of the gauges beginning at 2130 hours the 

evening before the detonation. They left the shot area several 

hours before shot-time. After the announcement of recovery hour, 

five participants in a weapons carrier and truck spent up to two 

hours retrieving the gauges. Seven other participants and a 

radiological safety monitor spent up to two hours and 30 minutes 

collecting film from cameras in the shot area (46; 95). 

Project 2.1, Total Gamma Exposure versus Distance, was conducted by the Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories to measure 

gamma radiation exposure as a function of distance. Shortly 

before the detonation, personnel placed film packets at go-meter 

intervals along a radial line extending 1,070 to 2,400 meters 

outward from the point of detonation. About two hours after the 

declaration of recovery hour, four participants accompanied by a 

radiological safety monitor drove by truck into the area and 

110 
began retrieving film packets. They recovered the film packets 

farthest from ground zero and then worked their way toward ground 

zero. The estimated time for this task was four hours. Film 

readings were shared with Projects 1.13, 3.1, and 6.1; the 

Office, Chief of Army Field Forces; and the Marine Corps (81; 95). 

Project 2.3, Neutron Flux and Energy Measurements, was performed by the Naval Research Laboratory to measure neutron flux 

and to evaluate neutron dosimetry techniques. Before the shot, 

personnel placed gold and sulphur neutron detectors at stations 

1,070 to 1,410 meters east of ground zero. Almost immediately 

after the shot, seven participants, a radiological safety monitor, 

and some Project 17.1 personnel entered the shot area to retrieve 

some of the instruments. They spent 75 minutes in the area 

(66; 95). 

Project 3.1, Vulnerability of Parked Aircraft to Atomic 

Bombs, was performed by the Wright Air Development Center and by 

project personnel from LASL and the Naval Radiological Defense 

Laboratory. The experiment was coordinated with Project 1.13, 

which provided air blast pressure data. The objective was to 

determine the effects of an airburst nuclear detonation on parked 

aircraft (104). 

Before the shot, project personnel placed aircraft at the 

following locations: 

0 Two aircraft 440 meters north-northwest of ground zero 

a 12 aircraft 690 meters north-northwest of ground zero 

0 Three aircraft 1,180 meters southwest of ground zero 

0 One aircraft 1,360 meters southeast of ground zero 

0 11 aircraft 2,390 meters southwest of ground zero 

0 Six aircraft 3,160 meters southwest of ground zero. 

To compare the protection afforded by various defense structures, 

some of the aircraft were placed in revetments and behind walls, 

111 
while others were positioned in the open. Personnel instrumented 

the aircraft with devices to measure blast, thermal, and radiation effects. In addition, they installed a motion picture 

camera 2,390 meters from ground zero. 

At 1730 hours on the day preceding the detonation, two 

personnel began checking and adjusting instruments in the field, 

a process that took about two hours. Figure 4-9 shows a Project 

3.1 participant adjusting instruments. At about 0530 hours on 

shot-day, four individuals in a jeep and a l/a-ton truck entered 

the shot area to remove dust from some of the instruments. They 

left the area about three hours before the detonation. 

At the declaration of recovery hour, two project personnel, 

eight firemen, and two radiological safety monitors in two pickup 

trucks extinguished fires at the airc.raft stations in the shot 

area. Nineteen project personnel with two radiological safety 

monitors spent about four hours inspecting blast effects on the 

aircraft. Three Lookout Mountain Laboratory photographers from 

Project 9.1 spent about three hours photographing the aircraft. 

Nine other participants and a radiological safety monitor took 

about three hours retrieving records from the aircraft stations. 

In addition, eight personnel spent four hours recovering film at 

the station 690 meters from ground zero, nine other personnel 

spent four hours retrieving film 2,390 meters from ground zero, 

and six others spent four hours collecting film 3,160 meters from 

ground zero. At about 0800 hours on the day after the shot, 

three inspection parties of two men each entered the shot area to 

inspect further the blast effects on the aircraft. This task was 

completed within eight hours (95; 104). 

Project 3.3, Blast Damage to Trees--Isolated Conifers, was 

conducted by the Forest Service, Department of Agriculture. The 

experiment was designed to measure motion and strain on isolated 

coniferous trees subjected to a nuclear detonation. Before the 

112 

shot, personnel placed four conifers, with instruments to measure 

strain on the trees, at each of four stations on the Forest 

Service Line in Area 7. The stations were 1,520, 1,820, 2,130, 

and 2,440 meters from ground zero. The trees, approximately 50 

feet high, were anchored in concrete. At 2130 hours the day 

before the detonation, three project personnel entered the shot 

area to begin checking instruments at the stations. This 

procedure took about two hours. 

At the declaration of recovery hour, eight project personnel 

and three Project 9.1 photographers from Lookout Mountain 

Laboratory entered the shot area in a weapons carrier and spent 

about three hours inspecting and photographing the trees and 

recovering the instruments. Six hours after recovery hour, four 

personnel entered the shot area in a weapons carrier and spent 

about two hours inspecting the trees (30; 95). 

Project 3.4, Minefield Clearance, was performed by the 

Engineer Research and Development Laboratories. The study evaluated the practicality of using nuclear weapons to clear minefields. Before the shot, personnel laid a minefield 15 meters 

wide, which extended about 90 to 1,830 meters from ground zero. 

Two hours after recovery hour was declared, two project participants in a vehicle checked instruments at stations 910 and 1,830 

meters from ground zero. At 0800 hours on the day after the 

detonation, 13 personnel and a radiological safety monitor in a 

weapons carrier recovered mines along the blast line and 

determined which mines had been detonated. At the same time, 

they laid other mines to be used in this experiment at Shot DOG. 

This operation took about eight hours (95; 101). 

Project 4.2, Biomedical Exposure Equipment, was conducted by 

the Naval Medical Research Institute to evaluate instruments 

designed to measure blast, thermal, and radiation effects on 

animals. To measure exposure to direct airblast, personnel 

114 
instrumented wood models of dogs with accelerometers and then 

placed them in containers fitted with pressure recorders. Before 

the detonation, they placed the containers 260, 340, 430, and 600 

meters from ground zero. About three hours after the declaration 

of recovery hour, four participants and two radiological safety 

monitors began recovering instruments from the containers, a 

process that took about two hours (54). 

To measure thermal effects, personnel began placing swine in 

instrumented containers at about 0400 hours on shot-day. They 

positioned the containers 1,090, 1,570, and 2,400 meters from 

ground zero. In addition, they loaded heat-sensitive film into 

cameras located 1,130, 1,620, and 2,440 meters from ground zero. 

After the declaration of recovery hour, they retrieved the 

animals, instruments, and film (54). 

To measure radiation effects, participants placed dosimeters 

in mouse cages located 90, 120, 150, 180, 370, 460, 640, 820, and 

1,010 meters from ground zero. They also positioned cameras 460, 

640, 820, and 1,010 meters from ground zero. After the area was 

opened for recovery operations, personnel recovered dosimeters 

from the cages and film from the cameras (54; 95). 

Project 4.3, Biological Effectiveness of Neutron Radiation 

from Nuclear Weapons, was conducted by the Naval Radiological 

Defense Laboratory. The objective was to study the biological 

effects of neutron radiation on mice. At about 1900 hours the 

evening before the detonation, eight participants in two weapons 

carriers began placing approximately 30 mice in each of the mouse 

cages used in Project 4.2. They spent about one hour on this 

assignment and then left the shot area (35; 95). 

After the area was opened for recovery operations, eight 

participants and a radiological safety monitor in two weapons 

carriers spent about one hour retrieving the mice. To determine 

115 
the effects of neutron radiation on the mice, laboratory personnel did a pathological examination of the animals (35; 95). 

Project 4.4, Gamma Depth Dose Measurement in Unit Density 

Material, was performed by the Naval Medical Research Institute. 

The objective was to improve techniques used to evaluate biological effects of radiation on living tissue, particularly the 

human body. To measure initial and residual gamma doses, project 

participants placed dosimeters in lucite spheres, approximating 

human tissue in density. Before the detonation, they placed six 

spheres on A-frames approximately 1,140 to 1,600 meters south of 

ground zero. After the declaration of recovery hour, seven 

personnel in two weapons carriers spent about one hour retrieving 

the spheres (36; 95). 

Project 4.5, Flash Blindness, was conducted by the Air Force 

School of Aviation Medicine. Participating in the project were 

personnel from the Air Training Command, SAC, and Brooke Army 

Medical Center. The objective was to determine to what degree 

the flash of a nuclear detonation impairs night vision. Two 

hours before the shot, 27 personnel traveled by bus to a trailer 

near the Control Point at Yucca Pass, approximately 15 kilometers 

from the intended ground zero. They witnessed the detonation 

from this trailer. Project procedure required participants to 

adapt their eyes to darkness by wearing dark goggles for 30 

minutes and then by remaining in the darkened trailer for another 

30 minutes before the shot (33; 38; 111). 

Along the side of the trailer were 12 portholes fitted with 

shutters for exposing the eyes of the test subjects to the 

nuclear flash. The shutters opened 48 milliseconds after the 

detonation and closed two seconds later. During the exposure, 

half of the test subjects wore protective goggles. After the 

exposure, participants were required to read lighted instruments 

to determine how soon after exposure a person could see well 

116 
enough to perform assigned tasks. Various instruments were used 

to examine the subjects' vision after exposure (33; 38; 95; 111). 

Project 4.6, Time Course of Thermal Radiation as Measured by 

Burns in Pigs, was conducted by the Naval Medical Research Institute and the University of Rochester Atomic Energy Project. The 

Naval Medical Research Institute provided project equipment, 

while the Atomic Energy Project supplied the test animals and 

conducted the biological experiments. The project was designed 

to study the degree of skin burns in pigs exposed to a nuclear 

detonation (79). 

On the day before the detonation, project personnel weighed 

the pigs and inspected their skin for disease and injury. From 

five to three hours before the detonation, seven participants 

transported the pigs by truck to stations 1,080, 1,570, and 2,400 

meters from ground zero. After anesthetizing the pigs and 

placing them in containers, the participants left the shot area. 

About two hours after the detonation, seven personnel in a 

truck recovered the animals and inspected the containers to 

determine if they had functioned properly during the blast. They 

then transported the pigs by truck to an AEC laboratory for evaluation of burns (79; 95). 

Project 6.1, Evaluation of Military Radiac Equipment, was 

conducted by the Bureau of Ships and the Signal Corps Engineering 

Laboratories to evaluate dosimeters. Before the shot, personnel 

placed 11 different dosimeters at ranges of 920 to 2,740 meters 

from ground zero. Two hours after the announcement of recovery 

hour, six project personnel and a radiological safety monitor in 

a vehicle began recovering the dosimeters, an activity taking 

three hours. In addition, Project 6.1 personnel furnished 

standard and experimental radiation survey meters to other 

projects in order to evaluate the meters (95; 107). 

117 
Project 6.4, Operational Tests of Radar and Photographic 

Techniques for IBDA, was conducted by the Wright Air Development 

Center, assisted by the Strategic Air Command. The objective was 

to evaluate the Indirect Bomb Damage Assessment system under 

development at the Wright Air Development Center. The 509th 

Bombardment Group of SAC provided three B-50D aircraft to make a 

postshot test of the IBDA system. The following listing presents 

information on flight times for the aircraft, which staged from 

Kirtland AFB (26): 

DEPARTURE LANDING 

AIRCRAFT TIME TIME 

B-50D 0530 1530 

B-50D 0540 1210 

B-50D 0550 1140 

Aircraft 1 and 2, simulating the drop aircraft, flew 1,800 

and 1,300 feet, respectively, above the drop aircraft. Both 

aircraft made 40 degree turns, aircraft 1 to the right and aircraft 2 to the left. The headings were held until ten seconds 

before shot-time. Aircraft 3, simulating an escort aircraft, was 

800 feet above and seven nautical miles behind the drop aircraft. 

Aircraft 3 held the same heading for approximately 45 seconds 

after shot-time and then turned to leave the area (26; 57). 

Project 7.la, Electromagnetic Effects from Atomic Explosions, was conducted by the National Bureau of Standards, Air 

Force Cambridge Research Center, Air Weather Service, and 

Geophysical Laboratory of the University of California at Los 

Angeles. The project was designed to study the electromagnetic 

pulses produced by a nuclear detonation. Data were evaluated as 

a means of determining the location of distant nuclear detonations. Onsite stations were at Frenchman and Yucca Flats, and 

118 
offsite stations were in Colorado, Florida, Georgia, Massachusetts, 

New Mexico, Virginia, Bermuda, Germany, and Puerto Rico. Three 

hours before the detonation, five project personnel entered the 

Yucca Lake recording station, 15 kilometers from ground zero, and 

remained there through shot-time (95; 96). 

Project 7.lb, Long-range Light Measurements, was conducted 

entirely offsite by Edgerton, Germeshausen, and Grier, Inc., and 

Headquarters, Air Force. The objective was to gain additional 

information on the long-range detection of light produced by a 

nuclear detonation. EGbG and the Air Force established lightdetecting stations in Arizona, Idaho, Texas, and Washington. An 

estimated two EG8G &mployees and ten Air Force personnel from the 

I 1 

Sacramento Air Materiel Area, McClellan AFB, operated each 

station from about sixhours before to one hour after the 

detonation (55). 

Project 7.2, Detection of Airborne Low-frequency Sound from 

Atomic Explosions, was conducted by Headquarters, Air Force, with 

assistance from the Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories and the 

National Bureau of Standards. The objective was to determine the 

accuracy of long-range acoustic detection methods. The Signal 

Corps Engineering Laboratories operated stations in Alaska, 

Hawaii, Kentucky, New Jersey, Texas, and Washington. The 

National Bureau of Standards operated a station in Washington, 

D.C. (97). 

Project 7.3, Radiochemical and Physical Analysis of Atomic 

Bomb Debris, was conducted by Headquarters, Air Force. The 

project, which involved analysis of particulate and gaseous 

samples from the Shot CHARLIE cloud, was conducted in conjunction 

with Program 13, Radiochemistry Sampling. Cloud sampling, 

performed by the 4925th Test Group (Atomic) of Kirtland AFB, is 

discussed in section 4.2.3 (106). 

119 
Project 7.4, Seismic Waves from A-Bombs Detonated over a 

Desert Valley, was conducted by the Air Force 1009th Special 

Weapons Squadron and the Coast and Geodetic Survey. The 

objective was to determine the seismic properties of the 

geological structure of the test area. Four hours after the 

announcement of recovery hour, two project personnel and a 

radiological safety monitor recovered seismic records from 

stations 310 and 920 meters from ground zero. Recovery 

operations took one hour (34; 95). 

Project 8.1, Effects of Atomic Explosions on Forest Fuels, 

was performed by the Forest Service, Department of Agriculture, 

with assistance from Project 3.3 personnel and Project 9.1 

photographers. The experiment was to determine the minimum 

thermal energies required to ignite common forest fuels (19). 

From five to three hours before the detonation, seven 

project personnel arranged forest fuels, such as conifer needles, 

hardwood leaves, grass, and rotten wood, in 71 trays placed at 

various distances from ground zero. Personnel from the LASL 

graphic arts section photographed the fuel beds both before and 

after the shot. In addition, the Army Pictorial Service 

Division, Office of the Chief Signal Officer, installed three 

motion picture cameras to photograph the ignition and combustion 

of the fuel beds. Thirty minutes after the detonation, six 

personnel with a radiological survey party entered the shot area 

to collect a moisture sample. The task took about 20 minutes 

(19; 95). 

Project 8.2, Air Temperatures in the Vicinity of a Nuclear 

Detonation, was conducted by the Naval Radiological Defense 

Laboratory to determine air temperatures at various elevations 

and distances from ground zero. Before the shot, participants 

installed thermocouples at ground level and on steel towers of 

various heights. The towers were located at ground zero and at 

120 
distances up to 2,740 meters from ground zero. At about 0330 

hours on shot-day, project personnel left the test area. At the 

declaration of recovery hour, two three-man crews, including 

monitors, entered instrument shelters 920 and 460 meters from 

ground zero. The personnel spent up to six hours at the shelters 

recovering thermal data and unloading the thermal detectors. At 

0900 hours on the day after the detonation, four project members, 

accompanied by a monitor and a photographer, recovered the 

thermal detectors. The estimated time of this recovery operation 

was six hours (28; 95). 

Project 8.3, Thermal Radiation from a Nuclear Detonation, 

was conducted by Project 8.2 and 8.3 personnel from the Naval 

Radiological Defense Laboratory. The objective was to measure 

the total thermal radiation and the intensity-time relationship 

of the radiation as a function of distance from ground zero (29). 

Before the shot, project participants placed several types 

of instruments in tower stations located at various intervals out 

to 6,100 meters from ground zero. Instruments included calorimeters, photonic cells, passive receiver panels, and radiometers. 

Other personnel at Kirtland AFB installed three disk calorimeters 

in the B-50 drop aircraft. On shot-day, personnel checked the 

instruments and left the area by 0330 hours. 

At recovery hour, six project personnel and a radiological 

safety monitor entered the shot area in a weapons carrier and 

spent a maximum of six hours retrieving instruments located 

farther than 460 meters from ground zero. At about 0900 hours on 

the day following the shot, four personnel and a radiological 

safety monitor recovered the remaining instruments along the 

blast line to ground zero. A photographer from Lookout Mountain 

Laboratory photographed recovery operations. Project 8.2 and 8.3 

personnel at Kirtland AFB removed the calorimeters from the B-50 

drop aircraft (29; 95). 

121 
Project 8.3a, Thermal Radiation Measurements Using Passive 

Indicators, was conducted by the Naval Material Laboratory. The 

purpose was twofold: 

• To evaluate the field performance of passive 

heat-sensitive materials in measuring the total 

thermal radiation incident as a function of 

distance from ground zero 

a To test the indicators for their future use 

during Operation UPSHOT-KNOTHOLE in determining

yield, temperature, and integrated thermal flux 

from the fireball. 

Before the detonation, Project 8.4 participants placed 

indicators 1,820 to 3,340 meters from the intended ground zero. 

Project 8.4 personnel probably retrieved these instruments along 

with their own instruments after the declaration of recovery hour 

(22; 95). 

Project 8.4, Atmospheric Transmission and Weather Measurements, was conducted by the Naval Material Laboratory. The 

project was designed to provide meteorological data for use in 

thermal radiation projects and to supplement information supplied 

by Project 9.2, Air Weather Service Participation. In addition, 

Project 8.4 participants assisted in Project 8.3a. 

At various times during shot-day, project personnel measured 

barometric pressure, temperature, humidity, and rainfall. They 

worked from a station at the BJY, where they received transmissions from two self-operating stations five kilometers to the 

northwest. They returned to the Control Point before the 

detonation. Two hours after recovery hour, seven personnel in a 

jeep went to the receiver station and began collecting data. 

They spent about three hours in the shot area (53; 95). 

Project 8.5, Incendiary Effects of Atomic Bomb Tests on 

Building Sections at Yucca Flat, was performed by the Forest 

Products Laboratory of the Forest Service. The objective was to 

122 
determine the probability of primary fires resulting in urban 

areas from a nuclear detonation. The types of structures tested 

were: 

0 Cubicle room 

• Right angle corner between walls 

0 Right angle corner with cornice 

0 Roof section. 

The items were constructed and mounted to resist demolition by 

the blast so that the incendiary effects of the nuclear flash 

could be studied. Thirty-one of these structures were installed 

at stations ranging 1,820 to 4,860 meters from ground zero (32). 

Project 9.1 personnel from Lookout Mountain Laboratory took 

documentary photographs of the displays before and after the 

detonation. At the declaration of recovery hour, three project 

participants in a weapons carrier started inspecting the 

displays, a process that took four hours (32; 95). 

Project 8.6, Sound Velocity Changes near the Ground in the 

Vicinity of an Atomic Explosion, was conducted by the Naval Electronics Laboratory. The objective was to determine the velocity 

of sound during the interval between detonation and shock wave 

arrival at heights of 1.5, 10, and 54 feet above ground and at 

various distances from ground zero (91). 

Before the detonation, project personnel installed instruments able to detect changes in sound velocity near the ground at 

stations 50, 430, 890, 1,340, and 1,800 meters from ground zero. 

Six hours before shot-time, four participants entered the shot 

area and made a final check of the equipment. They left the area 

approximately one hour later. After the announcement of recovery 

hour, four project personnel spent four hours retrieving 

instruments. Remaining instruments were recovered on the 

following day (91; 95). 

123 
Project 9.1, Technical and Training Photography, was conducted by personnel from the following agencies (1; 57; 95): 

Air Force Lookout Mountain Laboratory 

Army Pictorial Service Division 

Naval Medical Research Institute 

SAC 5th Reconnaissance Technical Squadron 

SAC 28th Reconnaissance Technical Squadron 

Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories 

Wright Air Development Center 

301st Signal Photo Company 

4925th Test Group (Atomic). 

Lookout Mountain Laboratory personnel photographed the 

CHARLIE shot from a C-47 aircraft. The aircraft, which left 

Indian Springs AFB at about 0832 hours, was at an altitude of 

10,000 feet approximately 11 kilometers south of ground zero at 

shot-time. Participants photographed the detonation and the 

resulting cloud formation until 0941 hours, when they left the 

area and returned to Indian Springs AFB. They reached base at 

about 1000 hours (57). 

Project 9.1 personnel also took still photographs and motion 

pictures of various Military Effects Test Group projects, 

including 3.1, 3.3, and 8.1. In addition, they performed the 

following photography missions, which have not been associated 

with a specific project (95). 

At 0330 hours on shot-day, three participants proceeded to 

stations 1,530 and 1,830 meters from ground zero to make final 

adjustments to their cameras. Their estimated working time was 

three hours. Three hours before the detonation, Lookout Mountain 

Laboratory personnel went to three stations: one 610 meters 

northwest of the Control Point, one at the junction between the 

access road and the main road, and one at UTM coordinates 902928 

(95). 

124 
One Lookout Mountain Laboratory photographer, three other 

project participants, and a monitor began photographing along the 

blast line at recovery hour. Their estimated working time was 

one hour. An hour after the announcement of recovery hour, eight 

participants began unloading cameras at locations between 1,530 

and 4,880 meters from ground zero. They spent about four hours 

in this activity (95). 

Project 9.2, Air Weather Service Participation, involved Air 

Force personnel who compiled data from various weather stations 

at the NPG and offsite, prepared weather maps, and briefed NPG 

officials on current and predicted weather conditions. Project 

participants were from the 6th Weather Squadron (Mobile) of the 

2059th Air Weather Wing, Tinker AFB, Oklahoma. These personnel 

were deployed as follows (78): 

0 Eight forecasters, 13 weather observers, and two 

equipment operators at the Control Point Weather 

Station near Yucca Pass 

0 Twelve airmen from the Rawinsonde Weather 

Observation Section at the Control Point and 11 

airmen at a station in Tonopah, Nevada 

0 Three airmen from the Pibal Weather Observation 

Section at Beatty, Caliente, Crystal Springs, 

Currant, and Warm Springs, Nevada, and St. George, 

Utah. 

Before Shot CHARLIE, participants installed wind and 

humidity measuring instruments at two stations along the blast 

line 920 and 1,830 meters from ground zero. Two men checked 

instruments at these stations at about 2130 hours the night 

before the shot and hourly from eight to three hours before the 

detonation (95). 

About three hours after the announcement of recovery hour, 

two participants and a radiological safety monitor in a pickup 

truck began retrieving records from the two stations, a procedure 

that took two hours. At 0900 hours on the day after the 

125 
detonation, two personnel reentered the shot area to complete 

recovery operations. This activity took approximately two hours 

(78; 95). 

Project 9.4, Effects of Atomic Explosions on the Ionosphere, 

was conducted by the Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories, with 

assistance from personnel of the 9471st Technical Service Unit. 

The objective was to obtain data on the effects of a nuclear 

detonation on ionospheric radiowave propagation. 

Personnel worked at transmitter and receiver stations. The 

only onsite facility was a transmitter at Station 9.4, 910 meters 

north of the Control Point. Two other transmitters were at 

Mather AFB, Sacramento, California. The radio receiver stations 

were at the Navaho Ordnance Depot, Flagstaff, Arizona; White 

Sands Proving Ground, New Mexico; and Fort Sill, Oklahoma (49). 

On the day before the shot, personnel practiced operating 

the transmitters and receivers. On shot-day, they operated 

instruments from one hour before to one hour after the detonation. All data obtained at the project stations were sent for 

analysis to the Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories (49; 95). 

Project 9.5, Electromagnetic Radiation over the Radio 

Spectrum from Nuclear Detonations, was conducted by the Signal 

Corps Engineering Laboratories, with assistance from the 9467th 

Technical Service Unit, Electronic Warfare Center. The project 

was designed to determine the wave shape and amplitude of radio 

frequency energy emanating from a nuclear detonation. Project 

personnel operated two stations 16 to 24 kilometers from ground 

zero through the detonation. In addition, participants manned 

one station at White Sands Proving Ground, New Mexico, and 

another at the Evans Signal Laboratory in Belmar, New Jersey 

(31; 95). 

126 
4.2.2 Weapons Development Test Group Activities 

Although most of the Weapons Development Test Group activities were performed by AEC laboratories and contractors, some of 

the projects were conducted by DOD agencies. For example, the 

Naval Research Laboratory performed the experiments for Program 

18, Thermal Measurements. In addition, a few DOD personnel wzre 

assigned to LASL or to the Weapons Development Test Group to 

assist in the projects listed in table 4-2. 

Project 10.1, Measurement of Alpha, was conducted by the 

Naval Research Laboratory. At the announcement of recovery hour, 

five participants and a radiological safety monitor began retrieving film from a station 920 meters from ground zero. They spent 

about one hour in the shot area. An hour later, five personnel 

and a monitor entered the station to work on instruments. This 

activity took the remainder of the day (80; 95). 

Project 12.1, Technical Photography, was conducted by 

personnel from EG&G, with assistance from Navy personnel. They 

provided technical photography support, including dust studies, 

preshock turbulence studies, light absorption and mirage studies, 

fireball growth measurement, thermal effects studies, and other 

technical coverage required by the Weapons Development Test 

Group. 

Two days before the shot, personnel prepared the film at the 

Control Point Building. The afternoon before Shot CHARLIE, 

they loaded film into remote-controlled cameras at various 

stations in the ground zero area. After the detonation, EGIG 

personnel recovered the exposed film and processed some of it in 

the mobile unit set up in the Control Point area. The remaining 

film was flown for processing to laboratories of Consolidated 

Film Industries in Hollywood, California, or in the city of Fort 

Lee, New Jersey (64). 

127 
Project 12.lc, Bhangmeter Mod II, was conducted by EGIG to 

evaluate and test a new bhangmeter. Personnel installed these 

instruments for measuring the yield of a detonation at the 

Control Point and in the drop aircraft. Bhangmeter readings 

recorded at shot-time were analyzed after the shot (63). 

Project 12.2a-d, High-speed Photography, was conducted by 

LASL and EG&G. The objectives were to study early fireball 

growth and obtain measurements correlating shock arrival time 

with the appearance of the fireball. Personnel mounted special 

cameras in a trailer about four kilometers from ground zero and 

retrieved the film for analysis after the detonation (59). 

Program 13, Radiochemistry Sampling, involved cloud-sampling 

by personnel from the 4925th Test Group (Atomic). The sampling 

missions are discussed in section 4.2'.3, on AFSWC activities at 

CHARLIE (57). 

Project 15.2, Gamma Radiation Exposure as a Function of 

Distance, was conducted by personnel from LASL. The objective 

was to measure gamma radiation exposure at various distances from 

the detonation. Personnel placed gamma-detecting instruments in 

the ground at locations between 430 and 3,690 meters from ground 

zero. One hour after recovery hour, two men and a monitor were 

scheduled to enter the shot area in a weapons carrier and spend 

one hour recovering the instruments (109). 

Project 15.3, Radiation Monitoring Measurements, was 

conducted by personnel from LASL. The objectives were to monitor 

gamma radiation levels from the radioactive fallout after a 

nuclear detonation and to test several prototype radiation 

monitoring instruments for use at Operation IVY, scheduled for 

the fall of 1952. The information on radiation levels was alS0 

used by the recovery parties. Participants installed recording 

equipment in stations located about 640 and 1,000 meters 

128 
northwest of ground zero. The recording equipment was set up to 

telemeter information on gamma radiation levels to the Control 

Point (83). 

Project 18.1, Total Thermal Radiation and Atmospheric 

Transmission, was conducted by the Naval Research Laboratory to 

study the transmission of light and thermal radiation emitted by 

nuclear detonations of various yields. To measure the transmission of light, personnel placed one photoelectric brightness 

meter at the Control Point and another in Area 2 of the NPG. In 

addition, they installed a transmissometer near the BJY and a 

receiver at the Control Point. To obtain data on thermal 

radiation emissions, personnel also installed four thermopile 

recorder systems. Participants manually operated the instruments 

from the Control Point during the shot. They shut down equipment 

after the detonation to analyze recorded data (84). 

Project 18.4, High-resolution Spectroscopy, was conducted by 

the Naval Research Laboratory to supplement information obtained 

from spectroscopy measurements taken during previous nuclear 

weapons testing series, such as Operations GREENHOUSE and 

BUSTER-JANGLE. Personnel installed a spectrograph at the Control 

Point, 17 kilometers from ground zero (24). 

Project 19.la, Air Shock Pressure--Time versus Distance, was 

conducted by the Sandia Corporation. Representatives of LASL, 

AFSWP, the Stanford Research Institute, the Naval Ordnance 

Laboratory, and the Ballistic Research Laboratories helped to 

plan this project. The objective was to obtain pressure 

measurements to use in determining the relationship between air 

shock pressure and height of burst. Personnel installed pressure 

gauges along the ground between 230 and 3,500 meters from ground 

zero. They also placed gauges on towers of various heights 

located 460 to 1,370 meters from ground zero. At the instant of 

burst, information from the gauges was telemetered to a recording 

station and monitored by project personnel (93). 

129 
Projects 19.lc and 19.ld, Shock-gauge Evaluations Tests, 

were conducted by Sandia Laboratory. Personnel from LASL and 

contractors assisted in calibrating and installing instruments. 

The project was intended to develop and test new instruments for 

measuring dynamic and static pressures, wind directions, sound 

and wind speeds, and temperature rises resulting from a shock 

wave. Personnel installed instruments at two stations located 

885 meters and 1,800 meters from ground zero. Cables connected 

the instruments to equipment that recorded the information (47). 

Project 19.le, Air Shock Pressures as Affected by Hills and 

Dales, was conducted by personnel from Sandia Corporation and AEC 

contractors. The objective was to collect information about the 

influence of hills and valleys on the shock waves from airbursts 

and to study the shielding effects of hills. Project personnel 

installed gauges to record air shock pressure at six points in a 

line running over a hill. Cables connected the gauges to 

recording equipment in a nearby mobile van. Sometime after the 

detonation, participants went to the van to recover the records 

and found that the cables had been disconnected as a result of 

the detonation (92). 

Projects 19.2a and 19.2b, Blast-wave Material Velocity 

Measurements, were conducted by LASL. An officer and six men 

from the Antiaircraft Artillery and Guided Missile Center, Fort 

Bliss, Texas, installed and maintained a 90-millimeter battery. 

EGbG provided photography services. The objective was to photograph peak overpressure phenomena associated with a nuclear 

burst. Smoke canisters were fired into the air from mortars and 

guns immediately before the burst so that the air disturbance 

would be visible (99). 

Before the shot, project personnel emplaced mortar units 

along a blast line extending about one kilometer from ground 

zero and set up four 90-millimeter gun stations about 5,190 

130 
meters southwest of ground zero. These mortars and guns were 

fired by an electronic timing device. During this time, EGtG 

personnel loaded the cameras with film. After the detonation, 

personnel reentered the area to load the mortars and guns for 

Shot DOG. EGBG personnel retrieved film from camera stations in 

the shot area (99). 

Project 19.2c, Beta-densitometer Feasibility Test, was 

conducted by LASL personnel assisted by Army personnel. The 

objective was to test two types of densitometers and to measure 

air density as a function of time after a shock wave. Participants installed densitometers, which were connected to recording 

equipment, in the ground near ground zero. The equipment was set 

to start functioning upon receipt of an electronic timing signal. 

After the burst, project personnel entered the area to recover 

instruments and records (99). 

Project 19.2d, Interferometer-gauge Pressure-time Measurements, was conducted by LASL (99). 

Project 19.2f, Measurement of Preshock Sound Velocity, was 

conducted by LASL with Air Force participation. The objective 

was to measure the velocity of sound in the air near the ground 

before shock wave arrival. Personnel installed oscillators and 

recording equipment at several stations about 1,110 meters from 

ground zero. After the detonation, personnel recovered the 

records from the instrument stations (99). 

4.2.3 Air Force Special Weapons Center Activities 

Besides airdropping the CHARLIE device, AFSWC personnel 

conducted cloud sampling and sample courier missions for the test 

groups and cloud tracking and aerial radiological surveys of the 

terrain for the Test Manager. The Air Force Special Weapons 

Center also provided the personnel to staff the Air Operations 

131 
Center, located at the Control Point. In addition to the AFSWC 

participants, Strategic Air Command personnel witnessed the detonation. Although the SAC observers were not part of AFSWC, they 

were under the operational control of AFSWC while over the NPG and 

are therefore discussed in this section (3-5; 57; 58; 100). 

The following listing indicates the types and numbers of aircraft and the estimated numbers of personnel involved in air 

missions at Shot CHARLIE (57; 58): 

TYPE OF NUMBER OF NUMBER OF 

TITLE AIRCRAFT AIRCRAFT PERSONNEL 

Airdrop Mission B-50 1 10 

Disaster Mission c-47 1 17 

Sampling 

Sampler Control B-29 1 9 

Sampler B-29 1 8 

Sampler T-33 3 6 

Sampler F-84 5 5 

Sample Courier Service B-25 2 10 

c-47 2 8 

Cloud Tracking B-25 1 5 

B-29 2 20 

Aerial Surveys of Terrain c-47 2 10 

L-20 2 4 

Observer Activities B-50 16 192 

Airdrop and Disaster Missions 

The B-50 drop aircraft, with a crew from the 4925th Test 

Group (Atomic), left Kirtland AFB, New Mexico, at 0445 hours. 

Climbing to an altitude of 32,640 feet, the aircraft entered a 

clockwise bombing orbit over Yucca Flat. Just before 0930 hours, 

the B-50, flying a straight and level course, released the 

132 
CHARLIE device. The bomb was off-target by 45 meters. The 

aircraft left the shot area at 0941 hours, returning to Kirtland 

AFB at 1145 (3; 4; 57; 58; 76). 

The C-47 disaster aircraft, with a crew from the 4901st 

Support Wing (Atomic), left Kirtland AFB at about 0345 hours and 

orbited over Las Vegas during the NPG bomb drop mission. At 

0934 hours, the aircraft began its return to Kirtland AFB, which 

it reached at 1250 hours (3; 4; 57; 58; 76). 

Cloud Sampling 

One B-29, three T-33s, and five F-84s collected particulate 

and gaseous samples of the Shot CHARLIE cloud for Project 7.3, 

Radiochemical and Physical Analysis of Atomic Bomb Debris, and 

for Program 13, Radiochemistry Sampling. A B-29 sampler control 

aircraft, with an AFSWC aircrew and a LASL scientific advisor on 

board, flew from Indian Springs AFB at 0815 hours and directed 

the operations of the sampler aircraft. The samplers flew at 

altitudes of 30,000 to 40,000 feet and penetrated the cloud up to 

21 times. The following list summarizes their activities (3; 4; 

57; 58; 76): 

133 
TOTAL 

DOSIMETER 

AIRCRAFT TYPE TAKEOFF READING LANDING 

AND TAIL NUMBER TIME (roentgens) TIME 

Sampler Control 

B-29 (285) 0815 NR* 1430 

B-29 (386)

T-33 (951) 

0838 

1145 

0.125 

0.0003 

1327 

1255 

T-33 (048) 1155 0.950 1310 

T-33 (920) NR 0.150 NR 

T-33 (920, 

2nd mission) 

1345 0.500 NR 

F-84 (033) 1306 0.200 1358 

F-84 (051) 1328 0.010 1425 

F-84 (054) 1312 0.180 1420 

F-84 (043) 1330 0.175 1425 

F-84 (042) 1335 0.100 1435 

*NR indicates not reported. 

One T-33 sampler (tail number 920) flew two sampling 

missions because another T-33 sampler (tail number 913) had been 

forced to abort upon reaching 30,000 feet because of engine and 

fuel pressure problems. The sampling sorties lasted two hours 

longer than anticipated. The aircraft remained in orbit for the 

maximum time allowed because of the relatively slow dissipation 

of the CHARLIE cloud (3; 4; 57; 58; 76). 

Upon completion of their mission, the samplers returned to 

Indian Springs AFB and parked in the northeast corner of the 

parking area. Pilots then shut down the engines. The crews of 

the B-29s left the craft through the rear door between the 

stabilizer and the wing. The aircrews of the T-33s and F-84s 

disembarked by stepping onto a boarding ladder attached to the 

side of the aircraft. The sample-removing team and radiological 

134 
safety monitors used long-handled tools to take samples from the 

aircraft and place them in shielded containers. They also 

removed the bottles containing the gaseous samples. They then 

loaded the sample containers onto courier aircraft for delivery 

to laboratories for analysis (3; 4; 57; 58; 76). 

Courier Missions 

After the sampling missions had been completed, two B-25 and 

two C-47 aircraft left Indian Springs AFB on shot-day to transport samples and filter papers to various laboratories for analysis. The 4901st Support Wing (Atomic) conducted these courier 

missions. 

Within a few hours after the detonation, a B-25 flew from 

Indian Springs AFB to McClellan AFB with Project 7.3 samples. 

Shortly after, a C-47 flew from Indian Springs AFB to LASL with 

Program 13 samples. At 1330 hours, a B-25 left Yucca Lake airstrip with Project 1.9 samples for the Army Chemical Center, and 

a C-47 left on a courier mission to LASL (3; 4; 57; 58; 76). 

Cloud Tracking 

Soon after the detonation, one B-25 and two B-29s f.rom 

Indian Springs AFB flew cloud-tracking missions over and beyond 

the Nevada Proving Ground. The B-25 (tail number 099) took off 

at 0948 hours, tracked the cloud at heights ranging from 8,500 to 

12,000 feet, and landed at 1248 hours. One B-29 (tail number 

826) left at 0945 hours, tracked the cloud at heights of 15,000 

to 26,000 feet, and returned at 1505 hours. The second B-29 

(tail number not recorded) left at 1230 (3; 4; 57; 58; 76). 

Aerial Surveys of Terrain 

After the detonation, two C-47 and one L-20 aircraft, all 

based at Indian Springs AFB, conducted radiological surveys of 

the onsite and offsite terrain. One C-47 (tail number 308) left 

135 
at 1300 hours, flew at heights of 100 to 1,500 feet, and landed 

at 1730 hours. The other C-47 (tail number 386) left at 1252 

hours, conducted its survey at an altitude of 10,000 feet, and 

returned at 1550 hours. The L-20 (tail number 467) took off at 

1120 hours, conducted its survey at heights of 100 to 500 feet, 

and returned at 1405 hours. The two C-47s performed similar 

surveys on 23 April (3; 57; 65). 

Observer Activities 

At Shot CHARLIE, 16 B-50 aircraft from the Strategic Air 

Command participated in an orientation and indoctrination 

exercise in nuclear weapons effects. On shot-day, the B-50s with 

SAC observers entered the Nevada Proving Ground area, possibly 

from Castle AFB and Travis AFB, between 0656 and 0828 hours. The 

aircraft remained in an orbiting patt.ern through shot-time so 

that the observers could witness the detonation and subsequent 

cloud development. Between 0934 and 0946 hours, all aircraft 

left the test area for their bases (3-5; 11; 57; 76; 100). 

4.3 RADIATION PROTECTION AT SHOT CHARLIE 

The primary purpose of the radiation protection procedures 

developed by Exercise Desert Rock IV, the test groups, and AFSWC 

for Operation TUMBLER-SNAPPER was to keep individual exposure to 

ionizing radiation to a minimum, while still allowing participants to accomplish their missions. 

4.3.1 Desert Rock Radiation Protection Activities 

The Desert Rock Radiological Safety Group devised plans and 

supplied personnel for radiological safety procedures associated 

with the CHARLIE observer activities and troop maneuver. The AEC 

supervised the Army in conducting these procedures. Film badge 

readings are limited for Desert Rock personnel at CHARLIE. 

136 
Orientation and Briefing 

From 19 April to 21 April, the Instructor Group conducted an 

indoctrination course for all Desert Rock participants at Shot 

CHARLIE (75). 

Dosimetry and Protective Equipment 

The Desert Rock Radiological Safety Group issued film 

badges to participants in Desert Rock IV exercises. In the 

indoctrination course, the instructors directed the participants 

to place their film badges in their left breast pocket, with the 

numbers of the badge facing outward from the body. Although the 

Desert Rock Radiological Safety Group issued the film badges, the 

AFSWP Radiological Safety Group processed them (12; 65; 75; 95). 

The instructors also explained the proper use of field 

protective masks, which the participants brought with them to 

Camp Desert Rock. The masks were to be worn if directions were 

given to evacuate the area (75). 

Monitoring 

After the detonation, Desert Rock monitors accompanied the 

AFSWP radiological monitoring teams in surveying the route of 

approach to the equipment display area. The monitors located the 

0.01 R/h line along the route. After the monitors had surveyed 

the display route and AFSWP monitors had finished surveying the 

rest of the shot area, the Test Manager declared the area safe to 

enter. Desert Rock monitors then accompanied the troops and 

observers as they toured the equipment display area (12; 65; 75; 

95). 

Decontamination 

In the parking area near the BJY, decontamination personnel 

brushed troops and observers with brooms to remove contaminated 

dust. They then surveyed the personnel with AN/PDR-TlB meters. 

137 
Those individuals whose contamination level could not be reduced 

to less than 0.01 R/h were ordered to the decontamination station 

at Yucca Pass for showering. Vehicles were also monitored and 

sent to the decontamination station near the Control Point if 

brushing could not reduce their level of contamination to less 

than 0.01 R/h. 

At the decontamination station, personnel were to shower and 

put on clean clothing. Monitors surveyed these personnel after 

they had showered to ensure that radiation intensities were less 

than 0.0015 R/h on clothing and nondetectable on the skin, as 

measured with AN/PDR-TlB meters (75). 

4.3.2 Joint AEC-DOD Radiation Protection Activities 

Information concerning Shot CHARLIE was obtained from the 

radiological safety report prepared by AFSWP (65). This document 

includes data on radiation safety equipment, onsite and offsite 

monitoring procedures, and isointensity maps. 

Logistics and Materiel 

During the period 22 April to 30 April 1952, which covers 

the 22 April detonation of Shot CHARLIE, the Logistics and 

Materiel Department of the AFSWP Radiological Safety Group issued 

film badges to approximately 125 AEC and DOD participants in test 

group projects. The Logistics and Materiel Department also 

issued 435 sets of protective clothing and 250 radiological 

survey instruments (65). 

Monitoring 

Shot CHARLIE was detonated over approximately the same 

Area 7 location as Shot BAKER. Initial ground survey monitors 

began recording radiation intensities at 1014 hours, 44 minutes 

after the detonation. They encountered low levels of residual 

138 
ground radioactivity since CHARLIE was detonated at a height of 

3,447 feet. In addition to the initial survey, monitors 

conducted resurveys on 23 and 24 April (65). 

A helicopter also conducted a survey around the target area. 

The maximum intensity measured from the helicopter was 0.09 R/h 

at 1020 hours (65). 

From eight to 13 two-man mobile teams participated in 

offsite monitoring. About six hours before the detonation, they 

left the test area for assigned offsite locations. The levels of 

radioactivity found in offsite areas were barely detectable. The 

highest reported reading, 0.0002 R/h, was taken east of Lathrop 

Wells, approximately 50 kilometers southwest of the Control 

Point (65). 

Two C-47s conducted offsite aerial surveys. Neither aircraft encountered significant radiation intensities (65). 

Plotting and Briefing 

Ground radiation monitoring teams provided survey data for 

the isointensity plots. Plotting and Briefing personnel used 

these data to make the initial isointensity plot, a copy of which 

is shown in figure 4-10. Resurveys were conducted later on 22 

April and on 23 April. Copies of the isointensity maps generated 

from these surveys are shown in figure 4-11 (65). The labels of 

the maps in the source document do not always reflect the range 

of survey times given in the tables of intensity readings that 

accompany the maps. 

Decontamination 

The director of the Logistics and Materiel Department 

established a vehicle "hot park" near the Control Point On 

23 April. This area was set aside for vehicles not decontaminated below established levels and for vehicles parked overnight 

at the Control Point (65). 

139 
Stake Lines 

. . . . . . . 0.01 R/h 

0 5ou 

I I I 

Meters 

Figure 4-10: INITIAL RADIATION ISOINTENSITY MAP FOR SHOT CHARLIE, 

22 APRIL 1952,1015 TO 1040 HOURS 

140 
22 APRIL 1952,153O HOURS 

Stake Lines 23 APRIL 1952,0645 TO 1045 HOURS . . . . . . 0.01 R/h 

Figure 4-11: SUBSEQUENT RADIATION ISOINTENSITY MAPS FOR SHOT CHARLIE 

141 
Dosimetrv Data 

The highest accumulated exposure for any AFSWP participant 

who was issued a film badge during the period 22 to 30 April 1952 

was 0.55 roentgens (65). 

142 
D1OD Objectives: 

Weather: 

Radiation Data: 

Participants: 

SHOT DOG SYNOPSIS 

AEC TEST SERIES: TUMBLER-SNAPPER 

DOD EXERCISE: Exercise Desert Rock IV 

DATE/TIME: 1 May 1952, 0830 hours 

YIELD: 19 kilotons 

HEIGHT OF BURST: 1,040 feet (airdrop) 

1) To train troops in the tactical use of 

nuclear weapons and in radiological

protection measures 

2) To determine the psychological reactions 

of troops participating in a nuclear 

exercise 

3) To determine the effects of a nuclear 

detonation on military equipment placed at 

various distances from ground zero. 

At shot-time, the surface winds were three 

knots from the north-northeast. Winds were 

31 knots from the west at 20,000 feet, 38 knots 

from the west-southwest at 30,000 feet, and 

41 knots from the west at 35,000 feet. The 

temperature was 17OC, the relative humidity 

was 47 percent, and the pressure was 877 millibars. 

The initial radiological survey team measured 

intensities of 0.01 R/h at a radius of about 

1.6 kilometers from ground zero. 

Exercise Desert Rock IV participants; Armed 

Forces Special Weapons Project; Air Force 

Special Weapons Center; Atomic Energy

Commission; Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory; 

contractors. 

143 
CHAPTER 5 

SHOT DOG 

Shot DOG, an airdropped nuclear device, was detonated with a 

yield of 19 kilotons at 0830 hours Pacific Standard Time* on 1 

May 1952. This fourth nuclear test of Operation TUMBLER-SNAPPER 

was originally planned for 29 April but was rescheduled because 

of adverse weather conditions. Developed by the Los Alamos 

Scientific Laboratory, the nuclear device was dropped from a B-45 

aircraft flying at an altitude of 23,050 feet over Area 7 of 

Yucca Flat, UTM coordinates 872044. Ground zero for Shot DOG, 

which was detonated at a height of 1,040 feet above Yucca Flat, 

was the same as that for Shots BAKER and CHARLIE. The bottom of 

the Shot DOG cloud reached an altitude of 28,000 feet, while the 

top extended to 44,000 feet. Winds were 41 knots from the west 

at 35,000 feet, and the cloud drifted east from the point of 

detonation (52; 57; 62). 

Shot DOG, like CHARLIE, was both a weapons effects and a 

weapons development test. Thus, it was part of both the TUMBLER 

and SNAPPER phases of the operation. The primary AEC objective 

was to compare blast pressure data obtained from Shots CHARLIE, 

DOG, and EASY of Operation BUSTER-JANGLE with data attained from 

a blast detonated at the same scaled height of burst and over the 

same terrain (3; 10; 98; 105). 

5.1 EXERCISE DESERT ROCK IV OPERATIONS AT SHOT DOG 

Approximately 2,300 exercise troops and observers participated in Desert Rock IV programs at Shot DOG. Of these troops, 

*Pacific Daylight Time came into effect on 27 April 1952, but

because many of the times for Shot DOG are reported in Pacific 

Standard Time, this report uses Pacific Standard Time for 

consistency. 

144 
350 Navy and Marine Corps personnel took part in the observer 

program, and about 1,950 personnel from the Marine Corps 

Provisional Atomic Exercise Unit participated in the tactical 

troop maneuver (23). In addition, Camp Desert Rock support 

troops provided logistical support for the Marine Corps exercise 

in the forward area and at Camp Desert Rock. 

5.1.1 Participation of Camp Desert Rock Support Troops 

Camp Desert Rock troops provided logistical, operational, 

and administrative support to the Marine Corps exercise troops. 

In performing these duties, the troops sometimes entered the 

forward area. 

Members of the Desert Rock Radiological Safety Group 

assisted the AFSWP Radiological Safety Group in enforcing 

radiological safety criteria and conducting radiation surveys. 

Survey teams from the Marine Corps Provisional Atomic Exercise 

Unit participated in the postshot survey of the shot area. Each 

survey team consisted of one radiological safety monitor from the 

Marine Corps Provisional Atomic Exercise Unit, one monitor from 

the AFSWP Radiological Safety Group, and an unspecified number of 

Desert Rock monitors. A radiological safety team, consisting of 

two Marine Corps monitors, also accompanied each platoon into the 

forward area. The Instructor Group led the maneuver units 

through the display area to view the damage caused by the 

detonation and noted the differences between the predicted and 

actual effects (75; 88). 

In addition to the Instructor Group and the Radiological 

Safety Group, several other support elements were active at Shot 

DOG. 

Before the shot, Marines from the Marine Corps Provisional 

Atomic Exercise Unit spent several days preparing the equipment 

145 
display area, shown in figure 5-1. Marine Corps exercise troops 

would examine the preshot condition of these displays, predict 

the expected damage, and re-inspect these displays after the 

detonation (89). 

The 23rd and 31st Transportation Truck Companies, assigned 

to Camp Desert Rock, provided vehicles and drivers to transport 

Navy and Marine Corps personnel to and from the forward area. 

The vehicles were parked south of the trench area at shot-time 

(70; 90). 

Personnel from the Camp Desert Rock Signal Detachment 

furnished wire and sound communications facilities within the 

forward area, as well as at Camp Desert Rock. However, it was 

planned that Marine Corps signal personnel would operate the two 

mobile public address systems in the display area to assist with 

the Instructor Group's postshot presentations and with other _ 

communications needs (75; 89). 

The Marine Corps 1st and 2d Provisional Medical Clearing 

Platoons provided medical support in the forward area during the 

maneuver. One Navy medical officer was to accompany the Control 

Group to the forward area and remain at the forward command post 

throughout the maneuvers (89). 

Company A, 505th Military Police Battalion, provided traffic 

control in Camp Desert Rock and along the convoy route during 

rehearsals and on shot-day as part of the observer exercise 

(75; 89). 

5.1.2 Troop Observer Activities 

The Navy and Marine Corps observers took part in the same 

orientation and training activities for the event. Most 

observers reported for duty between 24 April and 28 April. On 

146 
Ground Zero 

(UTM 871044) 

Equipment Display 

- Parking 

\\ Il./x Area 

II AREA 7 IIA 

Route of Advance 

_) Foot Route 

H-4 Truck Route 

0 

I 

1 

I I Troop Trench Area 

Kilometers eza eza m 

Parking Areas 

Figure 5-1: OBSERVER TRENCHES, DISPLAY AND PARKING AREAS, 

AND ROUTES OF ADVANCE FOR EXERCISE DESERT ROCK IV 

ACTIVITIES AT SHOT DOG 

147 
27 April, they rehearsed their shot-day activities, including an 

inspection of the equipment display area. From 26 April to 

29 April, the Instructor Group presented an orientation for the 

observers, who viewed films and attended lectures on the characteristics of a nuclear detonation and the procedures to follow 

during a detonation. When Shot DOG was postponed for 48 hours, 

the Instructor Group presented additional information to the 

observers (6; 7; 17; 70; 71; 75; 86-90). 

At 0400 hours on 1 May, the observers left Camp Desert Rock 

for the trench area. The trenches were 6,400 meters south of 

ground zero, at UTM coordinates 871983. After the observers 

arrived at the trench area at about 0630 hours, the Instructor 

Group conducted a preshot orientation. Ten minutes before shottime, the observers were directed to enter the trenches. 

About 90 minutes after the detonation, the observers began 

their trip by truck to the display areas shown in figure 5-l. 

The observers followed the same route as the maneuver troops, 

described in section 5.1.3. Following their tour of the display 

area, they returned to Camp Desert Rock (70; 71; 75; 85-87; 89; 

90). 

5.1.3 Tactical Troop Maneuver 

An estimated 1,950 personnel from the Marine Corps Provisional Atomic Exercise Unit took part in the tactical maneuver 

at Shot DOG. This was the first Marine Corps maneuver of the 

continental nuclear weapons testing series. The objectives of 

the maneuver, as described by the Commandant of the Marine Corps, 

were to (87): 

0 Provide realistic training for ground units when 

supported by tactical atomic weapons 

a Provide realistic training in protective measures 

148 
Determine the type and amount of nuclear warfare 

indoctrination required for all personnel 

0 

0 Determine the psychological reactions of troops

participating in the exercise. 

In late March 1952, at Camp Pendleton, California, the 

Commanding General, Department of the Pacific, and Marine Corps 

staff officers began planning for Marine Corps participation in 

Exercise Desert Rock IV. On 31 March, the officers attended a 

Desert Rock IV planning conference with the Exercise Director and 

his staff at Camp Desert Rock, Nevada. Among other decisions, 

the conferees decided that a Marine Corps officer would serve as 

liaison between the Marine Corps and the Sixth Army to coordinate 

Desert Rock IV exercises. 

During the same period, the Commanding General, Department 

of the Pacific, directed approximately 100 officers and enlisted 

men to report to Camp Pendleton, where they were organized into 

the Headquarters, Marine Corps Provisional Atomic Exercise Unit. 

This group was officially activated on 9 April 1952, to direct 

Marine Corps maneuvers at the Nevada Proving Ground. 

Also in March 1952, the Marine Corps organized two provisional composite infantry battalions to participate in the 

maneuvers. The two battalions, each consisting of about 950 

men, were the 1st Provisional Marine Battalion of Camp Pendleton, 

California, and the 2d Provisional Marine Battalion of Camp 

Lejeune, North Carolina. At the Nevada Proving Ground, the 

battalions became the maneuver units of the Marine Corps 

Provisional Atomic Exercise Unit (41; 43-45; 56; 70; 71; 88; 89). 

The two battalions received instruction at their home 

stations concerning radiological safety procedures and the 

effects of a nuclear detonation. They were then airlifted to 

Camp Desert Rock, where the 1st Provisional Marine Battalion 

arrived on 23 April and the 2d Battalion on 24 April 1952. 

149 
On 25 April, the Marines completed modifications and 

equipment installations at the four display areas shown in figure 

5-l. The display areas, located on approximately the same sites 

used at Shot CHARLIE, were west and southwest of ground zero at 

the following locations: 

0 Display area 1, located about 270 to 370 meters 

from ground zero 

0 Display area 2, located about 820 to 910 meters 

from ground zero 

0 Display area 3, located about 1,550 to 1,600 

meters from ground zero 

0 Special display area (unnumbered), located 

about 1,190 meters from ground zero. 

On 26 April, the troops completed their orientation program, 

which included lectures on the maneuvers and on radiological 

monitoring techniques. A full rehearsal of the Marine exercise, 

scheduled for 26 April, was postponed until 27 April. 

The Marine Corps Provisional Atomic Exercise Unit developed 

the troop maneuver according to the following scenario. An 

aggressor with overwhelming forces invaded an island called 

Yucca (Yucca Flat in the exercise) and pushed friendly forces 

into retreat. The aggressor then established a line of strong 

defensive positions which resisted breakthrough by friendly 

forces. To gain the offensive and penetrate enemy lines, 

friendly forces detonated Shot DOG. Three Marine divisions 

landed on the southern end of Yucca Island and advanced to a 

position 6,400 meters from the two enemy divisions entrenched 

near the intended ground zero. After detonating DOG, friendly 

forces gained control of the island both on the ground and in the 

air. 

Participants in the Marine Corps exercise wore utility 

uniforms with boots, steel helmets, and web belts with canteens 

150 
and first aid packets. Each Marine also wore a film badge and 

carried a protective mask and a rifle (70; 75; 85-87; 89; 90). 

The Marine Corps Provisional Atomic Exercise Unit began the 

trip by truck convoy to the trench area at 0400 hours on 1 May 

1952. The convoy reached the trenches one hour before the 

detonation. Figure 5-2 shows Marines assembling in the trench 

area before the shot (85; 90). 

Beginning 45 minutes before the detonation, a Desert Rock 

instructor briefed and instructed the troops. Ten minutes before 

shot-time, he directed participants to enter their trenches and 

foxholes, which had also been used for the troop maneuver at Shot 

CHARLIE. Two minutes before shot-time, the instructor told 

participants to crouch and to remain below ground level until 

after the detonation. After the flash of light from the detonation, personnel were cleared to stand and view the fireball and 

Shot DOG cloud. Figure 5-3 shows Marines in the trench area 

watching the cloud (70; 75; 85-87; 89; 90). 

While the troops remained at the trench area, the radiological safety party of the Marine Corps Provisional Atomic 

Exercise Unit accompanied AFSWP and Desert Rock monitoring teams 

on the initial survey of the ground zero area. After the Test 

Manager announced recovery hour at 0951 hours, the Marines 

traveled by truck to the parking area northeast of the BJY. They 

formed company-sized units to tour display areas 2 and 3 on foot. 

Because of the radiation intensity, they could not inspect 

display area 1, nor could they launch an attack on ground zero. 

Marine Corps photographers, one of whom is shown in figure 5-4, 

took pictures of the damage in the display area (75; 88; 89). 

The Marines then returned to the parking area near the BJY, 

where they were monitored, as shown in figure 5-5. They began 

151 




their return by truck to Camp Desert Rock at about 1350 hours. 

The convoy traveled south on Mercury Highway and reached Camp 

Desert Rock around 1530 hours. On arrival, participants were 

required to shower to reduce radiation intensities to background 

levels (71; 85; 95). 

The day after the detonation, Marine participants prepared 

to return to their home bases. By evening, all units had been 

transported either to Indian Springs AFB or to McCarran Field, 

Las Vegas, and had left for their destinations by Air Force or 

commercial aircraft (70; 75; 85-89). 

5.2 DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE PARTICIPATION IN SCIENTIFIC AND 

SUPPORT ACTIVITIES AT SHOT DOG 

Department of Defense personnel took part in scientific and 

diagnostic experiments conducted by the Military Effects Test 

Group and the Weapons Development Test Group. Table 5-l lists 

the test group experiments and identifies the participating 

agencies. In addition to the participants in test group experiments, Air Force Special Weapons Center personnel provided air 

support to the test groups and the Test Manager (17). 

5.2.1 Military Effects Test Group Projects 

Projects conducted by the Military Effects Test Group at 

Shot DOG were primarily designed to document blast pressures. 

Project participants spent several weeks before the detonation 

placing and calibrating pressure gauges and other instruments. 

These activities were completed by the day before the detonation. 

Figure 3-3 shows the instrument layout for Military Effects Test 

Group activities at Shots DOG, BAKER, and CHARLIE. Recovery 

operations began after the announcement of recovery hour at 0951 

hours. 

156 
Table 5-1: TEST GROUP ACTIVITIES WITH DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE 

PARTICIPATION, SHOT DOG 

Project/ 

Program Title 

Military Effects 

1.2 Air Pressure versus Time 

1.3 Free-air and Ground-level Pressure Measurements 

and 

1.5 

1.4 Air Blast Measurements 

1.6 Ground Acceleration Measurements 

1.7 Earth Acceleration versus Time 

1.9 Pm-shock Dust 

1.13 Measurement of Air Blast Pressure versus Time 

2.1 Total Gamma Exposure versus Distance 

2.3 Neutron Flux and Energy Measurements 

3.1 Vulnerability of Parked Aircraft to Atomic Bombs 

3.3 Blast Damage to Trees - Isolated Conifers 

3.4 Minefield Clearance 

4.2 Biomedical Exposure Equipment 

4.3 Biological Effectiveness of Neutron Radiation from 

Nuclear Weapons 

4.4 Gamma Depth Dose Measurement in Unit Density 

Material 

4.5 Flash Blindness 

4.6 Time Course of Thermal Radiation as Measured by 

Burns in Pigs 

6.1 Evaluation of Military Radiac Equipment 

6.4 Operational Tests of Radar and Photographic 

Techniques for IBDA 

6.5 Decontamination of Aircraft 

7.la Electromagnetic Effects from Atomic Explosions 

7.lb Long Range Light Measurements 

Participants 

Test Group 

Stanford Research Institute 

Naval Ordnance Laboratory 

Ballistic Research Laboratories 

Ballistic Research Laboratories 

Stanford Research Institute 

Army Chemical Center 

David Taylor Model Basin 

Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories 

Naval Research Laboratory 

Wright Air Development Center; Los Alamos 

Scientific Laboratory; Naval Radiological 

Defense Laboratory 

Forest Service, Department of Agriculture 

Engineer Research and Development 

Laboratories 

Naval Medical Research Institute 

Naval Radiological Defense Laboratory 

Naval Medical Research Institute 

Air Force School of Aviation Medicine; 

Air Training Command; Brooke Army 

Medical Center; Strategic Air Command 

Naval Medical Research Institute; University 

of Rochester Atomic Energy Project 

Bureau of Ships; Signal Corps Engineering 

Laboratories 

Wright Air Development Center; 

Strategic Air Command 

Wright Air Development Center; Naval 

Radiological Defense Laboratory 

National Bureau of Standards; Air Force 

Cambridge Research Center; Air Weather 

Service; Geophysical Laboratory of the 

University of California at Los Angeles 

EG&G; Headquarters, Air Force 
Table 51: TEST GROUP ACTIVITIES WITH DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE 

PARTICIPATION, SHOT DOG (Continued) 

Project/ 

Program Title 

Military Effects 

7.2 Detection of Airborne Low-frequency Sound from 

Atomic Explosions 

7.3 Radiochemical and Physical Analysis of Atomic 

Bomb Debris 

7.4 Seismic Waves from A-Bombs Detonated over a 

Desert Valley 

8.1 Effects of Atomic Explosions on Forest Fuels 

8.2 Air Temperatures in the Vicinity of a Nuclear 

Detonation 

8.3 Thermal Radiation from a Nuclear Detonation 

8.4 Atmospheric Transmission and Weather 

Measurements 

8.5 Incendiary Effects of Atomic Bomb Tests on 

Building Sections at Yucca Flat 

8.8 Sound Velocity Changes near the Ground in the 

Vicinity of an Atomic Explosion 

9.1 Technical and Training Photography 

9.2 Air Weather Service Participation 

9.4 Effects of Atomic Explosions on the ionosphere 

9.5 Electromagnetic Radiation over the Radio Spectrum 

from Nuclear Detonations I 

Participants 

Test Group (Continued) 

Headquarters, Air Force; Signal Corps 

Engineering Laboratories; National Bureau 

of Standards 

Headquarters, Air Force 

Air Force 1809th Special Weapons 

Squadron; Coast and Geodetic Survey 

Forest Service, Department of Agriculture 

Naval Radiological Defense Laboratory 

Naval Radiological Defense Laboratory 

Naval Material Laboratory 

Forest Products Laboratory of the Forest 

Service 

Naval Electronics Laboratory 

Naval Medical Research Institute; 

Air Force Lookout Mountain LaboratorY; 

Wright Air Development Center; 

4925th Test Group (Atomic); SAC 5th and 28th 

Reconnaissance Technical Squadrons; Signal 

Corps Engineering Laboratories; Army Pictorial 

Service Division 

Air Weather Service 

Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories: 

9471 st Technical Service Unit 

Signal Corps Engineering l&oratories; 

9487th Technical Service Unit 

Weapons Development Test Group 

10.1 Measurement of Alpha Naval Research Laboratory 

12.1 Technical Photography EGBG 

12.lc Bhangmeter Mod ii EGbG 

12.2a-d High-speed Photography EGbG; Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 
Table 5-1: TEST GROUP ACTIVITIES WITH DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE 

PARTICIPATION, SHOT DOG (Continued) 

Project/ 

Program Title 

Weapons Development 

13 Radiochemistry Sampling Program 

15.2 Gamma Radiation Exposure as a Function of Distance 

15.3 Radiation Monitoring Measurements 

17.1 External Neutron Measurements 

and 

17.2 

18.1 Total Thermal Radiation and Atmospheric 

Transmission 

18.3 Color Temperatures 

18.4 High-resolution Spectroscopy 

19.la Air Shock Pressure - Time versus Distance 

19.1 c-d Shock-gauge Evaluations Tests 

19.le Air Shock Pressure as Affected by Hills and Dales 

19.2a-b Blast-wave Material Velocity Measurements 

19.2c Betadensitometer Feasibility Test 

19.2d Interferometer-gauge Pressure-time Measurements 

19.2f Measurement of Preshock Sound Velocity 

Participants 

Test Group Kontinued) 

4925th Test Group (Atomic) 

Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

Naval Research Laboratory 

Naval Research Laboratory 

Naval Research Laboratory 

Sandia Corporation; Los Alamos Scientific 

Laboratory; Armed Forces Special Weapons 

Project; Stanford Research Institute; Naval 

Ordnance Laboratory; Ballistic Research 

Laboratories 

Sandia Laboratory; Los Alamos Scientific 

Laboratory 

Sandia Corporation 

Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory; EG&G 

Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

159 
Project 1.2, Air Pressure versus Time, was conducted by the 

Stanford Research Institute to collect data on the airblast 

produced by an airdropped nuclear device. At 2130 hours on the 

night before the detonation, four personnel checked blast gauges 

placed along the blast line from ground zero to 2,750 meters from 

ground zero. They spent up to eight hours performing this 

activity. 

One hour after the area was opened for recovery operations, 

four personnel began collecting data from blast gauges 2,290 and 

1,140 meters from ground zero. This operation took two hours. 

Beginning at 0900 hours on the day after Shot DOG, about ten 

participants retrieved remaining gauges up to the 0.5 R/h line. 

They spent about six hours in the shot area (95; 102). 

Projects 1.3 and 1.5, Free-air and Ground-level Pressure 

Measurements, were conducted as one project by the Naval Ordnance 

Laboratory. The objective was to measure pressures produced by a 

nuclear detonation at ground level and in free air (20). 

Project 1.3 personnel installed gauges flush with the 

earth's surface to measure air pressure at ground level. The 

gauge readings were telemetered to a trailer 3,660 meters from 

ground zero. Three hours after the announcement of recovery 

hour, two two-man teams began retrieving data from the trailer 

and gauges up to the 0.1 R/h line. They spent about two hours in 

these activities (20; 95). 

Project 1.5 measured pressures in free air by photographing 

smoke rocket trails. At 1530 hours on the day before the 

detonation, six Project 1.5 personnel loaded rocket launchers 150 

to 1,070 meters from ground zero. Their estimated working time 

was two hours. At shot-time, they launched the rockets remotely, 

and the rocket trails were photographed. Thirty minutes after 

the detonation, two project members accompanied the radiological 

160 
survey team into the target area. There, they disarmed and 

unloaded the unfired rockets at locations 920 to 1,070 meters 

from ground zero. At 0900 hours on the day after the detonation, 

six project participants removed rocket launchers, working up to 

the 0.5 R/h line (20; 95). 

Project 1.4, Air Blast Measurements, was conducted by the 

Ballistic Research Laboratories to determine the shape and peak 

pressure of the shock wave generated near the ground from a 

nuclear device detonated high in the air. Before the shot, 

personnel installed instruments on lo- and 50-foot towers at 

ground zero and at stations 460 and 920 meters from ground zero. 

Three hours after the declaration of recovery hour, personnel 

reentered the shot area and spent about 20 minutes collecting 

data from the stations for laboratory analysis (21; 95). 

Project 1.6, Ground Acceleration Measurements, was conducted 

by the Ballistic Research Laboratories to obtain secondary ground 

acceleration measurements. Participants measured ground shock 

with accelerometers positioned at stations 80, 190, 410, 870, 

1,320, 1,780, and 2,690 meters from ground zero. At 1530 hours 

on the day before the detonation, three project participants went 

to the stations to make a last-minute instrument check. They 

left the area within two hours. At about 0900 hours on the day 

after the detonation, four project personnel began recovering the 

accelerometers located in the stations along the blast line to 

the 0.5 R/h line. They completed this activity within six hours 

(60; 95). 

Project 1.7, Earth Acceleration versus Time, was conducted 

by the Stanford Research Institute to measure the proportion of 

blast energy absorbed from the air by the earth. At 2130 hours 

on the night before the detonation, four personnel checked 

accelerometers placed along the instrument line from ground zero 

to 2,750 meters from ground zero. They spent up to eight hours 

in performing this activity (95; 103). 

161 
One hour after the area was opened for recovery operations, 

four project personnel began collecting data from accelerometers 

2,290 and 1,140 meters from ground zero. This operation took two 

hours. Beginning at 0900 hours on the day after the detonation, 

about ten participants retrieved the remaining accelerometers up 

to the 0.5 R/h line. They spent about six hours in the shot area 

(95; 103). 

Project 1.9, Pre-shock Dust, was conducted by the Chemical 

and Radiological Laboratories of the Army Chemical Center. The 

objective was to determine the concentration and distribution of 

the dust generated by the action of thermal radiation on the 

surface of the ground (27). 

About four hours'before shot-time, personnel inspected 

instruments for collecting dust particles at seven stations: two 

were located 210 meters from ground zero, two located 420 meters 

from ground zero, and three located 870 meters from ground zero. 

The instruments, which included cascade impactors and filter 

samplers, collected pre-shock dust particles generated during the 

brief period of time between the detonation and the arrival of 

the shock wave (27; 95). 

Two hours after the announcement of recovery hour, two 

project personnel were scheduled to reenter the shot area and 

spend no more than one hour removing instruments from the 

sampling stations. They then took the equipment and dust 

particle samples to the Yucca Flat airstrip where, within four 

hours, each sample was packaged and placed aboard a courier aircraft for transport to the Army Chemical Center for analysis (27; 

95). Section 5.2.3, on AFSWC activities during Shot DOG, 

discusses the courier flights. 

Project 1.13, Measurement of Air Blast Pressure versus Time, 

was conducted by the David Taylor Model Basin. The project was 

162 
designed to provide blast pressure data for Program 3 agencies, 

particularly those participating in Project 3.1, Vulnerability of 

Parked Aircraft to Atomic Bombs (46). 

Before the detonation, personnel calibrated and installed 

gauges at 16 Project 3.1 stations located 680 to 3,110 meters 

from ground zero. Four men made a final check of the gauges 

beginning at 2130 hours on the evening before the detonation and 

ending several hours before shot-time. After the announcement of 

recovery hour, five participants spent up to two hours retrieving 

the gauges. Seven other participants entered the shot area when 

radiation intensities had decreased to 0.5 R/h and spent up to 

two hours and 30 minutes collecting film from cameras 800 meters 

from ground zero (46; 95). 

Project 2.1, Total Gamma Exposure versus Distance, was 

conducted by the Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories. The 

objective was to measure gamma radiation exposure as a function 

of distance by placing National Bureau of Standards film at 

go-meter intervals along a radial line 1,030 to 2,720 meters from 

the point of detonation. 

Project personnel placed film packets in the shot area 

shortly before the burst. About two hours after the declaration 

of recovery hour, four men drove by truck into the area and began 

retrieving film packets located 460 to 1,830 meters from ground 

zero. They recovered the film farthest from ground zero and then 

worked their way toward ground zero. The time for this task was 

about four hours. Information from the film was eventually 

shared with personnel from Projects 1.13, 3.1, and 6.1; the 

Office, Chief of Army Field Forces; and the Marine Corps (81; 95). 

Project 2.3, Neutron Flux and Energy Measurements, was 

performed by the Naval Research Laboratory to measure neutron 

flux and neutron dosimetry techniques. Before the shot, 

163 
personnel placed gold, sulphur, and tantalum neutron detectors at 

stations 390 to 1,890 meters from the intended ground zero. 

After the shot, two participants retrieved the instruments up to 

550 meters from ground zero. They also assisted Project 17.1 

personnel in recovery operations. The neutron detectors were 

taken to laboratories for analysis (66; 95). 

Project 3.1, Vulnerability of Parked Aircraft to Atomic 

Bombs, was performed by the Wright Air Development Center and by 

personnel from LASL and the Naval Radiological Defense Laboratory. The objective was to determine the effects of an airburst 

nuclear detonation on parked aircraft. The experiment was 

coordinated with Project 1.13, which provided airblast pressure 

data. The test aircraft included F-47s, B-17s, F-86s, an F-90, a 

B-45, and a B-29, which were displayed at three stations 900, 

2,450, and 2,750 to 3,350 meters from ground zero. To compare 

the protection afforded by various defense structures, some of 

the aircraft were placed in revetments and behind walls, while 

others were positioned in the open (104). 

Before the shot, personnel positioned the aircraft, aircraft 

components, and instruments. They then instrumented the aircraft 

with devices to measure blast, thermal, and radiation effects. 

In addition, they photographed the aircraft and then installed 

motion picture cameras at a station 2,430 meters from ground 

zero. 

At 1630 hours on the evening before the detonation, four men 

in a van began inspecting the aircraft. They left the shot area 

by 2230 hours. At 1730 hours, two men began checking instruments 

at the stations, a process that took about two hours. On shotday, four individuals in a jeep entered the shot area to inspect 

instruments. They left the area about three hours before the 

detonation. 

164 
After the declaration of recovery hour, 30 project personnel 

and three Project 9.1 photographers from Lookout Mountain Laboratory spent about four hours inspecting blast effects on the 

aircraft and photographing the damage. Thirteen other participants spent approximately four hours recovering film from the 

stations. Seven additional personnel spent about four hours 

retrieving records from the stations. At about 0800 hours on the 

day after the detonation, 20 personnel in six vehicles entered 

the shot area to continue the inspection of the aircraft. Eight 

hours were needed for this task (95; 104). 

Project 3.3, Blast Damage to Trees--Isolated Conifers, was 

conducted by the Forest Service, Department of Agriculture. The 

project was part of a research program aimed at determining the. 

effects of a nuclear blast on forests. This experiment, which 

was confined to isolated coniferous trees, was designed to 

measure motion and strain on trees subject to a nuclear 

detonation (30). 

Before the shot, project personnel placed four conifers, 

along with instruments to measure strain on the trees, at each of 

four stations on the Forest Service Line in Area 7. The stations 

were 1,520, 1,820, 2,130, and 2,440 meters from ground zero. The 

trees, approximately 50 feet high, were anchored in concrete. 

At the declaration of recovery hour, eight project personnel 

and a photographer entered the shot area in a weapons carrier and 

spent about three hours inspecting the trees and recovering the 

instruments. Six hours after the announcement of recovery hour, 

four other personnel entered the shot area in a weapons carrier 

and spent about two hours inspecting the trees (30; 95). 

Project 3.4, Minefield Clearance, was performed by the Army 

Engineer Research and Development Laboratories to evaluate the 

practicality of using nuclear weapons to clear minefields. 

165 
Before the shot, personnel laid a minefield 15 meters wide, which 

extended approximately 90 to 1,830 meters from ground zero (101). 

Two hours after the declaration of recovery hour, 12 project 

participants in two vehicles checked instruments at stations 910 

and 1,830 meters from ground zero. At 0800 on the day after the 

detonation, 13 participants in two weapons carriers inspected 

mines along the blast line to the 0.5 R/h area. In addition, 

they recovered the mines and instruments. These activities on 

the day after detonation took about eight hours (95; 101). 

Project 4.2, Biomedical Exposure Equipment, was conducted by 

the Naval Medical Research Institute to measure blast, thermal, 

and radiation effects on animals. To measure exposure to direct 

airblast, personnel instrumented wood models of dogs with 

accelerometers and then placed them in containers fitted with 

pressure recorders. Before the detonation, they placed the 

containers 350, 490, 580, 850, and 1,310 meters from ground zero. 

About one hour after recovery hour, four project participants and 

two radiological safety monitors began recovering instruments 

from the containers, a process that took about two hours. 

To measure thermal effects, project personnel placed swine 

in instrumented containers at about 0400 hours on shot-day. They 

positioned the containers 1,060, 1,280, 1,550, and 2,400 meters 

from ground zero. In addition, they loaded heat-sensitive film 

into cameras located 1,130, 1,340, and 1,620 meters from ground 

zero. They then left the shot area. After the declaration of 

recovery hour, they retrieved the animals, instruments, and film. 

To measure radiation effects, participants placed dosimeters 

in mouse cages placed 90 to 1,680 meters from ground zero. They 

also positioned cameras 1,070, 1,220, and 1,370 meters from 

ground zero. After the area was opened for recovery operations, 

project personnel recovered dosimeters from the cages and film 

from the cameras (54; 95). 

166 
Project 4.3, Biological Effectiveness of Neutron Radiation 

from Nuclear Weapons, was conducted by the Naval Radiological 

Defense Laboratory to study the biological effects of neutron 

radiation on mice. At about 1900 hours the evening before the 

detonation, eight participants in two weapons carriers began 

placing approximately 30 mice in mouse cages at each field 

station. They spent about one hour in this assignment. The 

stations, which were shielded with lead, bismuth, or aluminum, 

were approximately 780 to 1,330 meters from ground zero (35; 95). 

After the area was opened for recovery operations, 12 

participants spent about 30 minutes retrieving the mice. To 

determine the effects of neutron radiation on the mice, project 

participants performed a pathological examination of the animals 

in the laboratory (35; 95). 

Project 4.4, Gamma Depth Dose Measurement in Unit Density 

Material, was performed by the Naval Medical Research Institute. 

The experiment was designed to improve techniques used to evaluate biological effects of radiation on living tissue, particularly of the human body. To measure initial and residual gamma 

doses, project participants placed dosimeters inside lucite 

spheres, which approximated the density of human tissue. Before 

the detonation, personnel placed nine spheres on A-frames located 

about 1,140 to 1,690 meters south of ground zero. After recovery 

hour was declared, seven personnel in a weapons carrier and a 

pickup truck spent about one hour retrieving the spheres (36; 95). 

Project 4.5, Flash Blindness, was conducted by the Air Force 

School of Aviation Medicine, with assistance from the Air Training Command, SAC, and Brooke Army Medical Center. The project 

was to determine how much the flash of a nuclear detonation 

impairs night vision. The protection afforded by the use of 

protective goggles was also evaluated (33; 38; 111). 

167 
Two hours before the shot, 27 personnel traveled by bus to a 

trailer near the Control Point at Yucca Pass, approximately 16 

kilometers from the intended ground zero, to witness the detonation. Project procedure required participants to adapt their 

eyes to darkness by wearing dark goggles for 30 minutes and then 

by remaining in the darkened trailer for another 30 minutes 

before the detonation. 

Along the side of the trailer were 12 portholes fitted with 

shutters for exposing the eyes of the test subjects to the 

nuclear flash. The shutters opened 48 milliseconds after the 

detonation and closed two seconds later. During the exposure, 

half of the subjects wore protective red goggles. After the 

exposure, participants were required to read lighted instruments 

to determine how soon after exposure a person could see well 

enough to perform assigned tasks. Various instruments were used 

to examine the subjects' vision after exposure (33; 38; 95; 111). 

Project 4.6, Time Course of Thermal Radiation as Measured by 

Burns in Pigs, was conducted by the Naval Medical Research 

Institute and the University of Rochester Atomic Energy Project. 

The Naval Medical Research Institute provided equipment, while 

the Atomic Energy Project supplied the test animals and conducted 

the biological experiments. The project was designed to study 

the biological effects of thermal radiation on pigs (79). 

On the day before the detonation, project personnel weighed 

the pigs and inspected their skin for disease or injury. From 

five to three hours before the detonation, nine project participants transported the pigs to stations 1,070, 1,280, 1,550, and 

2,370 meters from ground zero. After anesthetizing the pigs and 

placing them in containers, the men left the shot area. 

About two hours after the detonation, four men in a truck 

began recovering the animals and inspecting their containers to 

168 
determine if they had functioned properly during the blast. They 

then transported the pigs by truck to an AEC laboratory for evaluation of burns (79; 95). 

Project 6.1, Evaluation of Military Radiac Equipment, was 

conducted by the Bureau of Ships and the Signal Corps Engineering 

Laboratories. The objective was to evaluate radiac survey and 

dose-alarm equipment, dosimeters, and the instruments and techniques used for rapid aerial surveys. Project 6.1 personnel 

furnished standard and experimental radiation survey meters to 

other projects in order to evaluate the meters (65; 107). 

Project 6.4, Operational Tests of Radar and Photographic 

Techniques for IBDA, was conducted by the Wright Air Development 

Center, assisted by the Strategic Air Command. The 509th 

Bombardment Group of SAC provided three B-50D aircraft for a 

postshot test of the IBDA system. The following listing 

summarizes flight times for the aircraft, which staged from 

Kirtland AFB: 

AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE TIME LANDING TIME 

B-50 0450 1058 

B-50 0500 1125 

B-50 0510 1035 

Aircraft 1 and 2, simulating the drop aircraft which was 

flying at an altitude of 23,050 feet, flew at 20,800 and 20,300 

feet, respectively, in a loose formation. Before the shot, both 

aircraft made 40-degree turns, aircraft 1 to the right and 

aircraft 2 to the left. The headings were held until ten seconds 

before shot-time. Aircraft 3, simulating an escort aircraft, was 

at 21,800 feet and five nautical miles behind the drop aircraft. 

169 
Aircraft 3 held the same heading for approximately 45 seconds 

after shot-time and then turned to leave the area (26; 57). 

Project 6.5, Decontamination of Aircraft, was conducted by 

the Wright Air Development Center and by the Naval Radiological 

Defense Laboratory. The project was designed to investigate 

methods of reducing the radiological exposure of maintenance and 

flight crews. 

To study adhesion of contamination to differently treated 

surfaces, personnel treated various parts of four T-33 aircraft 

with acid, polish, oil, or some combination of the three. These 

aircraft conducted the cloud sampling described in section 5.2.3. 

Five personnel, wearing protective clothing, film badges, and 

pocket dosimeters, surveyed each aircraft immediately upon its 

landing. Using AN/PDR-TlB instruments, they surveyed radiation 

intensities at 32 locations on the aircraft before and after 

decontamination. Aircraft were considered radiologically safe 

when intensities were less than 0.02 R/h. 

For another part of this project, personnel attempted to 

decontaminate the engines of an F-84G cloud sampler and a T-33 

without dismantling the engines. They sprayed the engines with 

solvent, followed by steam and a fresh water rinse. They 

measured the radiation intensity at the turbines before and after 

this process. 

For the third part of this project, participants measured 

radiation levels inside the cockpit of one of the T-33 aircraft 

used in the first part of the project before and after decontamination. With these measurements, they evaluated the contributions of various aircraft sections to exposure rates inside the 

cockpit (110). 

170 
Project 7.la, Electromagnetic Effects from Atomic Explosions, 

was conducted by the National Bureau of Standards, Air Force 

Cambridge Research Center, Air Weather Service, and Geophysical 

Laboratory of the University of California at Los Angeles. The 

project was designed to study the electromagnetic pulses produced 

by a nuclear detonation. Data were evaluated as a means of 

determining the location of distant nuclear detonations. Onsite 

stations were at Frenchman and Yucca Flats, and offsite stations 

were in Colorado, Florida, Georgia, Massachusetts, New Mexico, 

Virginia, Bermuda, Germany, and Puerto Rico (96). 

Four hours before the detonation, two participants went to 

the primary station, located near the Control Point. They spent 

30 minutes adjusting electrical equipment. Four hours after 

recovery hour was announced, two participants recovered records 

from a station eight kilometers south of ground zero (95; 96). 

Project 7.lb, Long Range Light Measurements, was conducted 

entirely offsite by Edgerton, Germeshausen, and Grier, Inc., and 

Headquarters, Air Force. The objective was to study the longrange detection of light produced by a nuclear detonation. EG&G 

and the Air Force established light-detecting stations in 

Arizona, Idaho, Texas, and Washington. An estimated two EG8G 

employees and ten Air Force personnel from the Sacramento Air 

Materiel Area, McClellan AFB, operated each station from about 

six hours before to one hour after the detonation (55). 

Project 7.2, Detection of Airborne Low-frequency Sound from 

Atomic Explosions, was sponsored by Headquarters, Air Force, with 

assistance from the Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories and the 

National Bureau of Standards. The objective,, was to determine the 

accuracy of long-range acoustic detection methods. The Signal 

Corps Engineering Laboratories operated stations in Alaska, 

Hawaii, Kentucky, New Jersey, Texas, and Washington. The 

National Bureau of Standards operated a station in Washington, 

D.C. (97). 

171 
Project 7.3, Radiochemical and Physical Analysis of Atomic 

Bomb Debris, was conducted by Headquarters, Air Force. The 

project, which involved analysis of particulate and gaseous 

samples from the Shot DOG cloud, was conducted in conjunction 

with Program 13, Radiochemistry Sampling. Cloud sampling, 

performed by the 4925th Test Group (Atomic) of Kirtland AFB, is 

discussed in section 5.2.3 (57; 106). 

Project 7.4, Seismic Waves from A-Bombs Detonated over a 

Desert Valley, was conducted by the Air Force 1009th Special 

Weapons Squadron and the Coast and Geodetic Survey. The objective was to determine the seismic properties of the geological 

structure of the test area. Four hours after the announcement of 

recovery hour, two personnel recovered seismic records from 

stations 310 and 920 meters from ground zero. Recovery 

operations took about one hour (34; 95). 

Project 8.1, Effects of Atomic Explosions on Forest Fuels, 

was performed by the Forest Service, Department of Agriculture, 

with assistance from Project 3.3 personnel. The objective was to 

determine the minimum thermal energies required to ignite common 

forest fuels, such as conifer needles, hardwood leaves, grass, 

and rotten wood. Other objectives were to (19): 

0 Determine blast wave effect on the persistence of 

ignition 

• Provide field data for laboratory tests 

0 Provide information for possible offensive and 

defensive military operations in woodland areas and 

civilian defense activities in urban and rural 

areas. 

From five to three hours before the detonation, seven 

project personnel arranged forest fuels in trays at stations 

located at various distances from ground zero. Personnel from 

the Los Alamos Graphic Arts Section photographed the fuel beds 

for documentary purposes both before and after the shot. In 

172 
addition, the Army Pictorial Service Division, Office of the 

Chief Signal Officer, installed three motion picture cameras to 

photograph the ignition and combustion of the fuel beds. 

Thirty minutes after the detonation, six project personnel 

accompanied by a radiological survey party entered the shot area 

to obtain a moisture sample. About 20 minutes were required for 

the task. At 0800 hours on the day after the shot, five participants began recovering fuel samples, a procedure that took about 

eight hours (19; 95). 

Project 8.2, Air Temperatures in the Vicinity of a Nuclear 

Detonation, was conducted by the Naval Radiological Defense 

Laboratory to determine the air temperature at various elevations 

and distances from ground zero. Before the shot, participants 

installed thermocouples at ground level and on steel towers of 

various heights. The towers were located at ground zero and at 

distances up to 2,740 meters from ground zero. At 1730 hours on 

the day before the detonation, two participants spent about ten 

hours checking the thermal equipment along the blast line. At 

the declaration of recovery hour, two three-man crews entered 

instrument shelters 460 to 5,490 meters from ground zero to 

unload thermal detectors. Their working time was six hours. At 

0900 hours on the day after the detonation, four personnel continued recovering thermal detectors, working up to the 0.5 R/h 

line. The estimated time of this operation was six hours 

(28; 95). 

Project 8.3, Thermal Radiation from a Nuclear Detonation, 

was conducted by Project 8.2 and 8.3 personnel from the Naval 

Radiological Defense Laboratory. The objective was to measure 

the total thermal radiation and the intensity-time relationship 

of the radiation as a function of distance from ground zero (29). 

173 
Before the shot, project participants placed several types 

of instruments in tower and ground stations located at various 

points out to 5,490 meters from ground zero. These instruments 

included calorimeters, photonic cells, passive receiver panels, 

and radiometers. Project 8.2 and 8.3 personnel at Kirtland AFB 

installed three disk calorimeters in the B-50 drop aircraft. On 

the day before the shot, two personnel and a member of the 

Radiological Safety Group, shown in figure 5-6, checked the 

instruments. They left the shot area six hours before the 

detonation. 

After the announcement of recovery hour, two teams, each 

with three project personnel and a radiological safety monitor, 

drove by truck into the test area. They spent about six hours 

retrieving instruments 460 to 5,490 meters from ground zero. At 

about 0900 hours on the day after the shot, four personnel and a 

radiological safety monitor entered the shot area in two weapons 

carriers and took about six hours to recover the remaining 

instruments along the blast line up to ground zero. At 1400 

hours, they were met by a photographer from Lookout Mountain 

Laboratory who photographed recovery operations. Personnel at 

Kirtland AFB removed the calorimeters from the B-50 drop 

aircraft (29; 95). 

Project 8.4, Atmospheric Transmission and Weather Measurements, was conducted by the Naval Material Laboratory. The 

project was to provide meteorological data for use in thermal 

radiation projects and to supplement information supplied by 

Project 9.2, Air Weather Service Participation. 

At various times during shot-day, project personnel measured 

barometric pressure, temperature, humidity, and rainfall. They 

worked from a station at BJY, where they received transmissions 

from two self-operating stations five kilometers to the northwest. They returned to the Control Point before the detonation. 

174 

After the declaration of recovery hour, project personnel began 

collecting data from the receiver station, a process that took 

about three hours. At 0800 hours on the day following the 

detonation, five project personnel went to the receiving station, 

where they spent up to eight hours gathering data (53; 95). 

Project 8.5, Incendiary Effects of Atomic Bomb Tests on 

Building Sections at Yucca Flat, was performed by the Forest 

Products Laboratory of the Forest Service. The objective was to 

determine the probability of primary fires resulting from a 

nuclear detonation in urban areas. The types of structures 

tested were: 

• Cubicle room 

0 Right angle corner between walls 

0 Right angle corner with cornice 

0 Roof section. 

The items were constructed and mounted to resist demolition by 

the blast so that the incendiary effects of the nuclear flash 

could be studied separately. Fifty-one of these structures were 

installed at stations 1,200 to 3,930 meters from ground zero (32). 

Three Project 9.1 personnel from Lookout Mountain Laboratory 

took documentary photographs of the displays before and after the 

detonation. At the declaration of recovery hour, three participants in a weapons carrier started inspecting the displays, a 

process that took four hours. At 0800 hours on the day following 

the detonation, eight personnel began recovering the structures. 

This process took about eight hours (32; 95). 

Project 8.6, Sound Velocity Changes near the Ground in the 

Vicinity of an Atomic Explosion, was conducted by the Navy Electronics Laboratory. The objective was to determine the velocity 

of sound at heights of 1.5, 10, and 54 feet above ground zero and 

at various distances from ground zero, in the interval between 

detonation and shock wave arrival (91). 

176 
Before the detonation, project personnel developed instruments to detect sound velocity changes near the ground during the 

shot. They installed the instruments at ground zero and at 

distances ranging from 90 to 3,810 meters from ground zero. Six 

hours before shot-time, four participants entered the shot area 

to make a final check of the equipment. They left approximately 

one hour later. 

After the announcement of recovery hour, four personnel 

retrieved instruments 3,810 meters from ground zero, a process 

that took about two hours. At 0800 hours the next day, six 

personnel recovered instruments 70 to 1,780 meters from ground 

zero, to the 0.5 R/h line. They spent an estimated eight hours 

in the shot area (91; 95). 

Project 9.1, Technical and Training Photography, was 

conducted by personnel from the following agencies (57; 95): 

Air Force Lookout Mountain Laboratory 

Army Pictorial Service Division 

Marine Corps Provisional Atomic Exercise Unit 

Naval Medical Research Institute 

Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories 

SAC 5th Reconnaissance Technical Squadron 

SAC 28th Reconnaissance Technical Squadron 

Wright Air Development Center 

4925th Test Group (Atomic). 

Personnel from these agencies photographed the detonation. 

At 2330 hours the evening before the shot, six participants spent 

about seven hours making final checks of their cameras. Three 

hours before the detonation, Lookout Mountain Laboratory personnel went to four stations: three near the Control Point and one 

about 11 kilometers from ground zero (95). Figure 5-7 shows a 

Lookout Mountain Laboratory participant photographing the 

fireball (4). 

177 

Lookout Mountain Laboratory personnel also photographed Shot 

DOG from a C-47 aircraft. The C-47, which left Indian Springs 

AFB at 0732 hours, was at an altitude of 10,000 feet, about 11 

kilometers south of ground zero at shot-time. Participants 

photographed the detonation and the resulting cloud formation 

until 0839 hours, when they left the area. They reached Indian 

Springs AFB at 0907 hours (57). 

Project 9.1 personnel also took still photographs and motion 

pictures of various Military Effects Test Group projects, such as 

Projects 3.1 and 8.5. In addition, they performed the following 

photography activities, which have not been linked to a specific 

project. 

At recovery hour, one Lookout Mountain Laboratory photographer and three other Project 9.1 participants began photographing along the blast line, up to the 10.0 R/h line. Their 

working time was one hour. Meanwhile, eight personnel began 

unloading cameras located 1,530 to 4,880 meters from ground zero, 

an activity that took about four hours. At 0900 hours on the day 

after the shot, four personnel from Project 9.1 removed photography equipment from stations 1,530 to 4,880 meters from ground 

zero, along the blast line. Their working time was about two 

hours (95). 

Project 9.2, Air Weather Service Participation, involved 

Air Force personnel who compiled data from various weather 

stations at the NPG and offsite, prepared weather maps, and 

briefed NPG officials on current and predicted weather 

conditions. Participants were from the 6th Weather Squadron 

(Mobile) of the 2059th Air Weather Wing, Tinker AFB, Oklahoma. 

These personnel were deployed as follows (78): 

Eight forecasters, 13 weather observers, and two 

equipment operators at the Control Point Weather 

Station near Yucca Pass 

0 

179 
• Twelve airmen in the Rawinsonde Weather Observation 

Section at the Control Point and 11 airmen from that 

section at a station in Tonopah, Nevada 

a Three airmen in the Pibal Weather Observation 

Section at Beatty, Caliente, Crystal Springs,

Currant, and Warm Springs, Nevada, and St. George,

Utah. 

Before Shot DOG, project participants installed wind and 

humidity measuring instruments at two stations along the blast 

line 910 and 1,830 meters from ground zero. From eight to three 

hours before the detonation, two participants reentered the area 

hourly to check the instruments. 

About four hours after the announcement of recovery hour, 

two participants began retrieving records from the two stations, 

a procedure that took two hours. At 0900 hours on the day after 

the detonation, personnel reentered the shot area to complete 

recovery operations (78; 95). 

Project 9.4, Effects of Atomic Explosions on the Ionosphere, 

was conducted by the Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories, with 

assistance from personnel of the 9471st Technical Service Unit. 

The objective was to obtain data on the effects of a nuclear 

detonation on ionospheric radiowave propagation. Project 

personnel worked at transmitter and receiver stations, all but 

one of which were located offsite. The onsite transmitter was at 

Station 9.4, 910 meters north of the Control Point. Two other 

transmitters were at Mather AFB, Sacramento, California. The 

radio receiver stations were at the Navaho Ordnance Depot, 

Flagstaff, Arizona; White Sands Proving Ground, New Mexico; and 

Fort Sill, Oklahoma (49). 

On the day before the shot, personnel practiced operating 

the transmitters and receivers. On shot-day, they operated 

instruments from one hour before to one hour after the detonation. All information obtained at the stations was sent for 

analysis to the Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories (49; 95). 

180 
Project 9.5, Electromagnetic Radiation over the Radio 

Spectrum from Nuclear Detonations, was conducted by the Signal 

Corps Engineering Laboratories, with assistance from the 9467th 

Technical Service Unit, Electronic Warfare Center. The project 

was designed to determine the wave shape and amplitude of radio 

frequency energy emanating from a nuclear detonation. Personnel 

operated two stations 15 to 25 kilometers from ground zero during 

the detonation. In addition, project participants manned one 

station at White Sands Proving Ground in New Mexico and another 

at the Evans Signal Laboratory in Belmar, New Jersey (31; 95). 

5.2.2 Weapons Development Test Group Activities 

Although most of the Weapons Development Test Group projects 

were performed by scientific agencies under contract to the 

Atomic Energy Commission, some of the projects were conducted by 

DOD agencies. For example, the Naval Research Laboratory 

performed the experiments in Program 18, Thermal Measurements. 

Documentation is available for only three of the six projects in 

this program. In addition, a few DOD personnel were assigned to 

LASL or to the Weapons Development Test Group to assist in the 

projects listed in table 5-l. 

Project 10.1, Measurement of Alpha, was conducted by the 

Naval Research Laboratory. An hour after recovery hour, a party 

of five entered a station 460 meters from ground zero. They 

remained there the rest of the day working on instruments. Two 

hours later, five participants spent about one hour recovering 

film at the same location (80; 95). 

Project 12.1, Technical Photography, was conducted by 

personnel from EGIG, with assistance from Navy personnel. They 

provided technical photography support, including dust studies, 

preshock turbulence studies, light absorption and mirage studies, 

fireball growth measurement, thermal effects studies, and other 

coverage required by the Weapons Development Test Group. 

181 
Two days before the shot, project personnel prepared the 

film at the Control Point Building. The afternoon before the 

shot, personnel loaded film into remote-controlled cameras 

located at various stations in the ground zero area. After the 

shot, EGIG personnel recovered the exposed film and processed 

some of it in the mobile unit set up in the Control Point area. 

The remaining film was flown to laboratories of Consolidated Film 

Industries in Hollywood, California, or in the city of Fort Lee, 

New Jersey, for processing (64). 

Project 12.lc, Bhangmeter Mod II, was conducted by EGLG. 

The objective was to evaluate and test a new bhangmeter. Project 

personnel installed these instruments for measuring the yield of 

a detonation at the Control Point and in the drop aircraft. 

Bhangmeter readings recorded at shot-time were analyzed after the 

shot (63). 

Project 12.2a-d, High-speed Photography, was conducted by 

LASL and EGIG. The objectives were to study early fireball 

growth and obtain measurements correlating shock arrival time 

with the appearance of the fireball. Personnel mounted special 

cameras in a trailer about four kilometers from ground zero and 

retrieved the film for analysis after the detonation (59). 

Program 13, Radiochemistry Sampling, involved cloud sampling 

conducted by personnel from the 4925th Test Group (Atomic). The 

sampling missions are discussed in section 5.2.3, on AFSWC activities at DOG (57). 

Project 15.2, Gamma Radiation Exposure as a Function of 

Distance, was conducted by personnel from LASL. The objective 

was to measure gamma radiation exposure at various distances from 

the detonation. Project personnel placed gamma-detecting instruments in the ground at distances of 1,280 to 3,540 meters from 

ground zero. At recovery hour, personnel entered the shot area 

to recover the instruments (109). 

182 
Project 15.3, Radiation Monitoring Measurements, was 

conducted by personnel from LASL. The objectives were to monitor 

gamma radiation levels from the radioactive fallout after a 

nuclear detonation and to test several prototype radiation 

monitoring instruments for use at Operation IVY, scheduled for 

the fall of 1952. The information on radiation levels was also 

used by recovery parties. Project personnel installed recording 

equipment in stations located about 685 and 915 meters northwest 

of ground zero and 550 meters north of ground zero. The 

recording equipment was set to telemeter information on gamma 

radiation levels to the Control Point (83). 

Projects 17.1 and 17.2, External Neutron Measurements, were 

conducted by personnel from LASL. The objective of these projects was to use threshold detectors to measure external neutron 

flux as a function of distance. LASL also loaned some threshold 

detectors to the Naval Radiological Defense Laboratory for Project 4.3 and to the Naval Research Laboratory for Project 2.3. 

Personnel placed threshold detectors in the ground and on 

stakes, at intervals of about 25 and 50 meters, out to about 

3,660 meters from ground zero. Participants also installed an 

underground shelter 1,220 meters from ground zero, which contained oscilloscopes set to run automatically at shot-time. 

After the detonation, personnel recovered the threshold detectors 

and the records from the underground shelter. AFSWC courier 

aircraft transported the detectors to LASL for analysis (48). 

Project 18.1, Total Thermal Radiation and Atmospheric 

Transmission, was conducted by the Naval Research Laboratory to 

obtain information on the transmission of light and thermal 

radiation emitted by nuclear detonations of various yields. To 

measure the transmission of light, personnel placed one photoelectric brightness meter at the Control Point and another in 

Area 2 of the NPG. In addition, they installed a transmissometer 

183 
near the BJY and a receiver at the Control Point. Participants 

manually operated the instruments at the Control Point during the 

shot. To obtain data on thermal radiation emissions, personnel 

installed four thermopile recorder systems and operated them from 

the Control Point during the shot. They shut down equipment 

after the shot to analyze recorded data (84). 

Project 18.3, Color Temperatures, was conducted by the Naval 

Research Laboratory to measure the spectral characteristics of a 

nuclear fireball as a function of time. Measurements were taken 

with a high-speed spectrograph (61). 

Project 18.4, High-resolution Spectroscopy, was conducted by 

the Naval Research Laboratory to supplement information obtained 

from spectroscopy measurements taken during previous nuclear 

weapons testing operations, such as GREENHOUSE and BUSTER-JANGLE. 

Personnel installed a spectrograph at the Control Point, 17 kilometers from ground zero (24). 

Project 19.la, Air Shock Pressure--Time versus Distance, was 

conducted by the Sandia Corporation. Representatives of LASL, 

AFSWP, the Stanford Research Institute, the Naval Ordnance 

Laboratory, and the Ballistic Research Laboratories helped to 

plan this project. The objective was to obtain pressure measurements to use in determining the relationship between air shock 

pressure and height of burst. Personnel installed pressure 

gauges in the ground at points 230 to 3,500 meters from ground 

zero. They also placed gauges on towers of various heights 

located 460 to 1,370 meters from ground zero. At the instant of 

burst, information from the gauges was telemetered to a recording 

station where it was monitored by project personnel (93). 

Projects 19.1~ and 19.ld, Shock-gauge Evaluations Tests, 

were conducted by Sandia Laboratory. Personnel from LASL and 

contractors assisted in calibrating and installing instruments. 

184 
The project was intended to develop and test new instruments for 

measuring dynamic and static pressures, wind directions, sound 

and wind speeds, and temperature rises resulting from a shock 

wave. Personnel installed instruments at two stations located 

865 meters and 1,780 meters from ground zero. Cables connected 

the instruments to equipment that recorded the information (47). 

Project 19.le, Air Shock Pressure as Affected by Hills and 

Dales, was conducted by personnel from Sandia Corporation and AEC 

contractors. The objective was to collect more information about 

the influence of hills and valleys on the shock waves from airbursts and to study the shielding effects of hills. Project 

personnel installed gauges to record air shock pressure at six 

locations, ranging from 3,700 to 4,780 meters west of ground 

zero, in a line running over a hill. Cables connected the gauges 

to recording equipment in a nearby mobile van. Sometime after 

the detonation, project participants recovered the records from 

the van (92). 

projects 19.2a and 19.2b, Blast-wave Material Velocity 

Measurements, were conducted by LASL. An officer and six men 

from the Antiaircraft Artillery and Guided Missile Center, Fort 

Bliss, Texas, installed and maintained a 90-millimeter battery. 

EG&G provided photography services. The objective was to photograph peak overpressure phenomena associated with a nuclear 

burst. Smoke canisters were fired into the air from mortars and 

guns immediately before the burst so that the air disturbance 

would be visible. 

Before the shot, personnel emplaced mortar units along a 

blast line extending about a thousand meters from ground zero and 

set up four 90-millimeter gun stations about 5.2 kilometers 

southwest of ground zero. These mortars and guns were fired by 

an electronic timing device. After the detonation, EGBG personnel reentered the area to retrieve film from their electronically 

operated camera stations (99). 

185 
Project 19.2c, Beta-densitometer Feasibility Test, was 

conducted by LASL with assistance from the Army. The objective 

was to test two types of densitometers and to measure air density 

as a function of time after a shock wave. The densitometers, 

connected to recording equipment, were installed in the ground 

near the DOG target area. They were set to start functioning 

upon receipt of an electronic timing signal. After the burst, 

Personnel entered the area to recover instruments and records (99). 

Project 19.2d, Interferometer-gauge Pressure-time Measurements, was conducted by LASL (99). 

Project 19.2f, Measurement of Preshock Sound Velocity, was 

conducted by LASL with Air Force participation. The objective 

was to measure the velocity of sound in the air near the ground 

before shock wave arrival. Project personnel installed 

oscillators and recording equipment at several stations about 

1,090 meters from ground zero. After the detonation, personnel 

recovered the records from the instrument stations (99). 

5.2.3 Air Force Special Weapons Center Activities 

Besides airdropping the DOG device, AFSWC personnel 

conducted cloud sampling and sample courier missions for the test 

groups and cloud tracking and aerial radiological surveys of the 

terrain for the Test Manager. AFSWC also provided personnel to 

staff the Air Operations Center at the Control Point. In 

addition to the AFSWC participants, Air Force personnel included 

SAC observers who witnessed the detonation from airborne 

aircraft. Although the SAC observers were not part of AFSWC, 

they were under the operational control of AFSWC while over the 

NPG and are therefore discussed here (3-5; 57; 58; 100). 

The following listing indicates the types and numbers of 

aircraft and the estimated numbers of personnel involved in air 

missions at Shot DOG (57; 58): 

186 
TYPE OF NUMBER OF NUMBER OF 

TITLE AIRCRAFT AIRCRAFT PERSONNEL 

Airdrop Mission B-45 1 4 

Disaster Mission c-47 1 17 

Sampling 

Sampler 

Sampler 

Sampler 

Sampler 

Control B-29 

B-29 

T-33 

F-84 

1 

1 

4 

5 

9 

8 

8 

5 

Sample Courier Service B-25 

c-47 

3 

1 

15 

4 

Cloud Tracking B-25 

B-29 

1 

1 

5 

10 

Aerial Surveys of Terrain c-47 

L-20 

2 

1 

10 

2 

Observer Activities B-50 15 180 

Airdrop and Disaster Missions 

The B-45 drop aircraft, with a crew from the 4925th Test 

Group (Atomic), left Kirtland AFB, New Mexico, at 0600 hours. 

Climbing to an altitude of 23,050 feet, the aircraft entered a 

bombing orbit over Yucca Flat. Just before 0830 hours, the B-45, 

flying a straight and level course, released the DOG device. The 

bomb was off-target by 14 meters. The aircraft left the shot 

area at 0832 hours, returning to Kirtland AFB at 0947 hours (3; 

4; 57; 58; 76). 

The C-47 disaster aircraft, with a crew from the 4901st 

Support Wing (Atomic), left Kirtland AFB at about 0440 hours and 

orbited over Las Vegas during the NPG bomb drop mission. The 

aircraft began its return to Kirtland AFB at 0834 hours and 

arrived at 1125 hours (3; 4; 57; 58; 76). 

187 
Cloud Sampling 

One B-29, four T-33s, and five F-84s collected particulate 

and gaseous samples of the Shot DOG cloud for Project 7.3, Radiochemical and Physical Analysis of Atomic Bomb Debris, and for 

Program 13, Radiochemistry Sampling. A B-29 sampler control 

aircraft, with an AFSWC aircrew and a LASL scientific advisor 

onboard, flew from Indian Springs AFB at 0720 hours but returned 

to the base at 0920 hours because of radio receiver failure. The 

sampler control aircraft departed again at 0947 hours and 

directed the operations of the sampler aircraft. The samplers 

flew at altitudes of 16,500 to 42,500 feet and made up to 34 

penetrations of the cloud. The following list details their 

activities (3; 4; 57; 58; 76): 

TOTAL 

TOTAL TIME DOSIMETER 

AIRCRAFT TYPE AND TAKEOFF IN CLOUD READING LANDING 

TAIL NUMBER TIME (seconds) (roentgens) TIME 

Sampler Control B-29 0947 1150 

B-29 (386) 0730 NR* 1.500 1215 

T-33 (951) 0949 NR 1.600 1040 

T-33 (048) 1004 NR 1.600 1104 

T-33 (913) 1015 NR 1.750 1155 

T-33 (920) 0920 95 0.600 NR 

F-84 (033) 1110 42 0.075 1210 

F-84 (051) 1115 500 0.075 1220 

F-84 (054) 1118 NR 0.075 1153 

F-84 (043) 1120 NR 0.075 1220 

F-84 (042) 1155 NR 0.075 1208 

*NR indicates not reported. 

188 
Upon completion of their mission, the samplers returned to 

Indian Springs AFB and parked in the northeast corner of the 

parking area. Pilots then shut down the engines. The crews of 

the B-29s left the aircraft through the rear door between the 

stabilizer and the wing. The crews of the T-33s and F-84s 

disembarked by stepping onto a boarding ladder attached to the 

side of the aircraft. The sample-removing team and radiological 

safety monitors used long-handled tools to take samples from the 

aircraft and place them in shielded containers. They also 

removed the bottles containing the gaseous samples. They then 

loaded the sample containers onto courier aircraft for delivery 

to laboratories for analysis (3; 4; 57; 58; 76). 

Courier Missions 

After the sampling missions had been completed, three B-25s 

and one C-47 aircraft left Indian Springs AFB on shot-day to 

transport samples and filter papers to various laboratories for 

analysis. The 4901st Support Wing (Atomic) conducted these 

courier missions (3; 4; 57; 58; 76). 

At about 1130 hours, a B-25 flew from Indian Springs AFB to 

McClellan AFB with Project 7.3 samples. Soon after, a C-47 flew 

from Indian Springs AFB to LASL with Program 13 samples. At 1230 

hours, a B-25 flew from Yucca Lake airstrip to LASL, via Kirtland 

AFB, with Project 17.1 samples. At 1330 hours, a B-25 flew from 

Yucca Lake airstrip to Bolling AFB, Mitchell AFB, and the Army 

Chemical Center with samples for Projects 1.9, 2.3, and 9.1, 

respectively (3; 4; 57; 58; 76). 

Cloud Tracking 

Immediately after the detonation, one B-25 and one B-29 from 

Indian Springs AFB flew cloud-tracking missions over and beyond 

the Nevada Proving Ground. The B-25 (tail number 099) left 

Indian Springs AFB at 0810 hours, tracked the cloud at heights 

ranging from 7,000 to 12,000 feet above the terrain, and returned 

189 
to base at 1240 hours. The B-29 (tail number 774) flew from the 

base at 0845 hours, tracked the cloud at heights up to 23,000 

feet, and landed at Indian Springs AFB at 1347 hours (3; 4; 57; 

58; 76). 

Aerial Surveys of Terrain 

After the detonation, two C-47 and one L-20 aircraft, all 

based at Indian Springs AFB, conducted radiological surveys of 

the terrain onsite and offsite. One C-47 (tail number 308) took 

off at 1131 hours, flew at heights of 200 to 2,000 feet above the 

terrain, and landed at 1656 hours. The other C-47 (tail number 

380) left at 1155 hours, conducted its survey at 1,700 to 10,000 

feet, and returned at 1620 hours. The L-20 (tail number 464) 

took off at an undesignated time, conducted its survey at 1,000 

to 1,500 feet, and landed at an undesignated time (3; 57). 

Observer Activities 

Fifteen B-50 aircraft from the Strategic Air Command participated in an orientation and indoctrination exercise in nuclear 

weapons effects. On shot-day, the B-50s with SAC observers 

entered the Nevada Proving Ground airspace, possibly from Walker 

AFB, between 0521 and 0749 hours. The aircraft remained in an 

orbiting pattern through shot-time, so that the observers could 

witness the detonation and subsequent cloud development. Between 

0834 and 0836 hours, all aircraft left the test area for their 

base (3-5; 11; 57; 76; 100). 

5.3 RADIATION PROTECTION AT SHOT DOG 

The primary purpose of the radiation protection procedures 

developed by Exercise Desert Rock IV, the test groups, and AFSWC 

for Operation TUMBLERiSNAPPER was to keep individual exposure to 

ionizing radiation to a minimum, while still allowing participants to accomplish/their missions. 

190 
5.3.1 Desert Rock Radiation Protection Activities 

For the maneuver conducted by the Marine Corps Provisional 

Atomic Exercise Unit, the Marine Corps devised plans and supplied 

personnel for radiation protection activities. The AFSWP 

Radiological Safety Group supervised the Marine Corps in these 

activities and also processed the film badges. Film badge 

readings are available for 25 of the Marines who participated in 

the exercise. The highest reading among these 25 film badges was 

1.5 roentgens (51; 65; 70; 71; 85-87; 89). 

Orientation and Briefing 

Marine Corps and Navy participants at Shot DOG attended the 

indoctrination course conducted from 26 April to 1 May by members 

of the Instructor Group (75). 

Dosimetry and Protective Equipment 

The Radiological Safety Section of the Marine Corps Provisional Atomic Exercise Unit issued film badges and field 

protective masks to all participants in the Marine maneuver. At 

the indoctrination course, the instructors told the Marines to 

place their film badges in their left breast pocket, with the 

numbers of the badge facing outward from the body. In addition, 

they instructed participants in the proper use of their field 

protective masks. The masks were to be worn if directions were 

given to evacuate the area (75; 88; 89). 

Monitoring 

After the shot, four Marine Corps monitors accompanied AFSWP 

Radiological Safety Group and Camp Desert Rock monitors to the 

target area. Using AN/PDR-TlB meters, they marked the 10.0, 1.0, 

0.5, 0.1, and 0.01 R/h lines. The 0.5 R/h line was the forward 

limit for maneuver personnel (75; 87; 89). 

191 
After the monitors had surveyed the target area and the AEC 

had declared the area safe to enter, troops and observers 

inspected the equipment displays. Two Marine Corps monitors 

accompanied each platoon, one preceding the platoon and recording 

radiation intensities, the other remaining with the group. The 

monitor who had recorded the radiation intensities at various 

locations transferred these records to the Marine Corps Provisional Atomic Exercise Unit upon return to Camp Desert Rock. 

Because some radiation intensities within the equipment 

display area exceeded 0.5 R/h, the decision was made to inspect 

display area 1 (the display nearest ground zero) from a distance 

of 90 to 180 meters. Since display area 1 was 270 to 370 meters 

from ground zero, the troops did not advance closer than approximately 550 meters to ground zero (23; 75; 85-89). 

Decontamination 

In the parking area near the BJY, decontamination personnel 

brushed troops with brooms to remove contaminated dust. They 

then surveyed all personnel with AN/PDR-TlB meters. The Radiation Safety Officer, Marine Corps Provisional Atomic Exercise 

Unit, directed individuals whose contamination levels had not 

been reduced to lower than 0.01 R/h to take showers at the decontamination station at Yucca Pass. The participants, however, 

were well below the 0.01 R/h limit and were cleared for return to 

Camp Desert Rock. Personnel were required to shower and put on 

clean clothes upon their return to camp. Decontamination personnel also monitored vehicles. They sent vehicles to the decontamination station if brushing could not reduce vehicle 

contamination to less than 0.01 R/h (75; 87; 89). 

5.3.2 Joint AEC-DOD Radiation Protection Activities 

Information concerning Shot DOG was obtained from the 

radiological safety report prepared by AFSWP (65). This document 

192 
includes data on radiological safety equipment, onsite and offsite monitoring procedures, and plotting and briefing activities. 

Logistics and Materiel 

During the period of 1 May to 6 May 1952, which covers the 

1 May detonation of Shot DOG, the Logistics and Materiel 

Department issued about 440 film badges to AEC and DOD 

participants in 19 programs and 78 projects. The Logistics and 

Materiel Department also issued 709 sets of-protective clothing 

and 252 radiation survey instruments (65). 

Monitoring 

Shot DOG was detonated in Area 7, at approximately the same 

location as Shots BAKER and CHARLIE. The initial ground survey 

team began recording radiation intens'ities at 0915 hours, about 

45 minutes after the detonation, and concluded by 1056 hours. 

The survey team found that the radiation levels in the target 

area were much higher than those resulting from the previous 

shots in this test series. The 0.01 R/h radiation intensity line 

extended approximately 1.6 kilometers from ground zero. For the 

first time in Operation TUMBLER-SNAPPER, radiation levels exceeding the limits of the AN/PDR-TlB survey meter, which has a 

maximum range of 50 R/h, were encountered. An experimental 

instrument called a "Jasper," developed by the Army Signal Corps, 

was used to measure a level of approximately 300 R/h at ground 

zero one hour after the detonation. In order to keep the 

cumulative exposures of monitoring team members as low as 

possible, the 10.0 R/h radiation isointensity line was not 

established on shot-day but was computed from the results of 

subsequent surveys a'nd known decay factors. This marked the 

first time during Operation TUMBLER-SNAPPER that a 10.0 R/h line 

was delineated. 

Because of the radiation levels, much recovery work was 

delayed until after 2 May. Each day thereafter, radiological 

193 
safety monitors were assigned to recovery parties until the area 

was declared open, ten days after the shot (65). 

In addition to the ground survey teams, a helicopter team 

surveyed the ground zero area. Ninety minutes after the detonation, the helicopter survey team measured an intensity of 

50 R/h, the limit of their survey instrument, 60 meters from 

ground zero at a height of 200 feet. 

From eight to 13 two-man mobile teams participated in 

offsite monitoring. About six hours before the detonation, they 

left the test area for their assigned locations. The highest 

recorded intensity was 0.004 R/h in Glendale, Nevada, located 

about 135 kilometers east-southeast of the Control Point. 

Two C-47 and one L-20 aircraft began aerial surveys of the 

offsite terrain shortly after the detonation. None of the 

aircraft encountered significant radiation intensities (65). 

Plotting and Briefing 

Ground monitoring teams provided survey data used in 

plotting isointensity contours. A copy of the initial survey 

plot is shown in figure 5-8. Copies of the isointensity maps 

generated from resurveys are shown in figure 5-9 (65). The 

labels of the maps in the source document do not always reflect 

the range of survey times given in the tables of intensity 

readings that accompany the maps. 

Decontamination 

Information is not available on the numbers of personnel and 

vehicles decontaminated. Shot DOG, however, induced high levels 

of radioactivity in metallic equipment in the target area. In 

some cases, regular decontamination procedures did not sufficiently reduce the radioactivity of vehicles and equipment. The 

contaminated items were placed in a "hot park" to allow contamination to decay to predetermined safe levels (65). 

194 
. . . . . . . . . 0.01R/h 

------ O.lR/h 

- ••- ••- a- l.OR/h 

10.0 R/h Meters 

Figure 5-8: INITIAL RADIATION ISOINTENSITY MAP FOR SHOT DOG, 1 MAY 1952,

0905 TO 1005 HOURS 

195 
Metas I 

2 MAY 1952,‘0530 HOURS 

4 MAY 1952,053O HOURS 

Stake Lines 

. . . . . . . . • 0.01 A/h 

------ 0.1 d/h 

-.-.3.- 1.0 R/h 

Figure 5-9: SUBSEQUENT RADIATION ISOINTENSITY MAPS FOR SHOT DOG 

196 
Dosimetry Data 

Film badge records show that accumulated exposures increased 

markedly by the time Shot DOG activities were completed. Fifteen 

AFSWP participants who were issued film badges during the period 

1 to 6 May 1952 accumulated total exposures greater than 3.0 

roentgens. Of these 15, two were radiological safety personnel 

(65). 

197 
198 
SHOTS ABLE THROUGH DOG 

REFERENCE LIST 

The following list of references represents

only those documents cited in the ABLE through

DOG volume. When a DNA-WT document is 

followed by an EX, the latest version has been 

cited. A complete list of documents reviewed 

during the preparation of the TUMBLER-SNAPPER 

reports is contained in the Operation TUMBLERSNAPPER volume. 

199 
AVAILABILITY INFORMATION 

An availability statement has been included at the end of 

the reference citation for those readers who wish to read or 

obtain copies of source documents. Availability statements were 

correct at the time the bibliography was prepared. It is 

anticipated that many of the documents marked unavailable may

become available during the declassification review process. The 

Coordination and Information Center (CIC) and the National 

Technical Information Service (NTIS) will be provided future 

DNA-WT documents bearing an EX after the report number. 

Source documents bearing an availability statement of CIC 

may be reviewed at the following address: 

Department of Energy 

Coordination and Information Center 

(Operated by Reynolds Electrical 8 Engineering Co., Inc.)

ATTN: Mr. Richard V. Nutley 

2753 S. Highland 

P.O. Box 14100 Phone: (702) 734-3194 

Las Vegas, Nevada 89114 FTS: 598-3194 

Source documents bearing an availability statement of NTIS 

may be purchased from the National Technical Information Service. 

When ordering by mail or phone, please include both the price

code and the NTIS number. The price code appears in parentheses 

before the NTIS order number. 

National Technical Information Service 

5285 Port Royal Road Phone: (703) 487-4650 

Springfield, Virginia 22161 (Sales Office) 

Additional ordering information or assistance may be obtained by 

writing to the NTIS, Attention: Customer Service, or by calling

(703) 487-4660. 

200 
SHOTS ABLE THROUGH DOG 

REFERENCE LIST 

1. 301st Signal Photo Company. Morning Reports for 11 April

1952 and 5 May 1952. Camp Gordon, GA.: Third US 

Army. 1952. 3 Pages.*** 

2. 504th Airborne Infantry Regiment, 2nd Battalion, 

Headquarters and Headquarters Company. Extracts from 

Morning Reports for 22 and 24 April 1952. Third US 

Army. Fort Bragg, NC.: 83rd Airborne Division. 

1952. 2 Pages.*** 

3. Air Force Special Weapons Center, Historical Division. 

History of the Air Force Special Weapons Center in 

Operation TUMBLER-SNAPPER, April-June. Vol. I: 

*Narrative Account." Kirtland AFB, NM.: AFSWC. 

January 1953. 204 Pages.*** 

4. Air Force Special Weapons Center, Historical Division. 

History of the Air Force Special Weapons Center in 

Operation TUMBLER-SNAPPER. Vol. II: "Pictorial 

Account." Kirtland AFB, NM.: AFSWC. January 1953. 

66 Pages.*** 

5. Air Force Special Weapons Center, SWO. D/F to Adjutant 

General Command Historian, Subject: Aircraft 

Participation in TUMBLER-SNAPPER. Kirtland AFB, NM.: 

AFSWC, Special Weapons Office. 9 June 1952. 

43 Pages.** 

6. Air War College. Memorandum for Commandant, Air War 

College. Subject: Report of Official Observers 

Attending Shot 4. Maxwell AFB, AL.: Air War 

College. 22 May 1952. 2 Pages.*** 

7. Anonymous. [File, Subject: Desert Rock Exercise IV, 

January 1952 to December 1953.1 Washington, D.C.: 

US Marine Corps. 1953. 100 Pages. 

8. Anonymous. [Correspondence File, Subject: Rad Safety for 

Troops, from AEC; AFSWP; D/A, G-3.1 April 1952. 

12 Pages.** 

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at CIC. 

***Not available, see Availability Information page. 

 Requests subject to Privacy Act restrictions. 

201 
9. Armed Forces Special Weapons Project. Memorandum for 

Commanding Officer Tinker AFB, Subject: Official 

Observers at Operation TUMBLER-SNAPPER. Washington,

D.C. 16 April 1952. 2 Pages.** * 

10. Armed Forces Special Weapons Project. "Operation TUMBLER 

Preliminary Report, Parts One and Two." Washington,

D.C.: AFSWP. 15 May 1952. 101 Pages.** 

11. Armed Forces Special Weapons Project, Test Command. 

Letter to Test Director; Nevada Proving Grounds, 

Subject: SAC Participation in Operation

TUMBLER/SNAPPER, w/l incl: Outline of SAC 

Participation. Mercury, NV. 27 March 1951. 

3 Pages.** 

12. Armed Forces Special Weapons Project, Test Command. 

"Operations Plan l-52 (TUMBLER-SNAPPER)."

Albuquerque, NM.: Test Command, AFSWP. 17 March 

1952. 104 Pages.** 

13. Armed Forces Special Weapons Project, Test Command. 

"Weekly Activities Summary, Period Ending 18 March 

1952." Mercury, NV.: TC, AFSWP. 18 March 1952. 

35 Pages.*** 

14. Armed Forces Special Weapons Project [Test Command]. 

"Weekly Activities Summary, Period Ending 28 March 

1952." Washington, D.C.: AFSWP. 28 March 1952. 

3 Pages.*** 

15. Armed Forces Special Weapons Project, Test Command. 

"Weekly Activities Summary for Period Ending 4 April

1952." Mercury, NV.: TC, AFSWP. 4 April 1952. 

20 Pages.*** 

16. Armed Forces Special Weapons Project, Test Command. 

"Weekly Activities Summary, Period Ending 25 April 

1952." Mercury, NV.: TC, AFSWP. 25 April 1952. 

15 Pages.*** 

17. Armed Forces Special Weapons Project, Test Command. 

"Weekly Activities Summary, Period Ending 9 May 1952." 

Mercury, NV.: TC, AFSWP. 9 May 1952. 6 Pages.*** 

18. DELETED. 

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at CIC. 

***Not available, see Availability Information page. 

 Requests subject to Privacy Act restrictions. 

202 
19. Arnold, Keith. "Effects of Atomic Explosions on Forest 

Fuels, Project 8.1." Washington, D.C.: AFSWP. 

WT-506. 1952. 35 Pages.** * 

20. Aronson, C. J.; Moulton, J. F.; Petes, J.; et al. 

Free-Air and Ground-Level Pressures Measurements, 

projects 1.3 and 1.5. Washington, D.C.: 

Headquarters, AFSWP. WT-513-EX. March 1980. 

254 Pages. (All) AD/A995 029.* 

21. Ballistic Research Laboratories. "Air Blast Measurements, 

Project 1.4." Washington, D.C.: AFSWP. WT-515. 

December 1952. 75 Pages. (A04) AD/A078 547.* 

22. Banet, L.; Grinoch, P.; Hirschman, A.; Monahan, T. "Thermal 

Radiation Measurements Using Passive Indicators, 

Project 8.3a.l' Washington, D.C.: AFSWP. WT-544. 

February 1953. 23 Pages. (A02) AD/B951 586.* 

23. Banks, C. E., LTC, USA. "Final Report --TUMBLER/SNAPPER 

Desert Rock, Liaison Section J-3, Test Command,

AFSWP." w/o 3 incls. Mercury, NV.: Test Command, 

AFSWP. 2 June 1953. 10 Pages.** 

24. Beck, C. A.; Campbell, J. H. "High Resolution

Spectroscopy, Project 18.4." Washington, D.C.: 

Naval Research Laboratory. WT-571. April 1955. 

28 Pages.*** 

25. Billingsley, S. G.; Balloch, J. C.; Hausrath, A. H. 

Reactions of Troops in Atomic Maneuvers, Exercise 

besert Rock IV. Chevy Chase, MD.: Operations 

Research Office. ORO-T-240. July 1953. 

116 Pages. (A06) AD 026 280.* 

26. Boone, H. F., Lt. Col., USAF. "Operational Tests of 

Radar and Photographic Techniques for IBDA, Operation 

SNAPPER, Project 6.4." Washington, D.C.: AFSWP. 

WT-534. August 1952. 54 Pages. 

(A04) AD/A080 269.* 

27. Bouton, E. H.; Elder, C. S.;, Kemper, J. S.; Wilsey, E. 

Pre-shock Dust, Project 1.9. Washington, D.C.: 

AFSW October 1952. 95 Pages.

(A,,~*AD,~:7?~~9~* 

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at CIC. 

***Not available, see Availability Information page. 

****Requests subject to Privacy Act restrictions. 

203 
28. Broida, T. R.; Broido, A.; Willoughby, A. B. Air 

Temperatures in the Vicinity of a Nuclear Detonation, 

Project 8.2. Washington, D.C.: AFSWP. WT-542. 

1 September 1952. 83 Pages. (A05) AD 483 422.* 

29. Broido, A.; Butler, C. P.; Day, R. P.; et al. Thermal 

Radiation from a Nuclear Detonation, Project 8.3. 

Washington, D.C.: AFSWP. WT-543. March 1953. 

109 Pages. (A06) AD/B951 585.* 

30. Brown, A. A.; Arnold, R. K.; Fons, W. L.; et al. "Blast 

Damage to Trees--Isolated Conifers--Project 3.3." 

Washington, D.C.: AFSWP. WT-509. January 1953. 

69 Pages.*** 

31. Brown, P.; Carp, G.; Castellini, N.; et al. Electromagnetic Radiation over the Radio Spectrum from 

Nuclear Detonations, Project 9.5. Washington, D.C.: 

AFSWP. WT-548. June 1953. 82 Pages.*** 

32. Bruce, H. D. "Incendiary Effects of Atomic Bomb Tests on 

Building Sections at Yucca Flat, Project 8.5." 

Washington, D.C.: AFSWP. WT-510. October 1952. 

61 Pages.*** 

33. Byrnes, V. A. "Flash Blindness, Project 4.5." 

Washington, D.C.: AFSWP. WT-530. March 1953. 

33 Pages. (A03) AD/A078 548.* 

34. Carder, D. S. "Seismic Waves from A-Bombs Detonated over 

a Desert Valley, Operation SNAPPER, Project 7.4." 

Washington, D.C.: AFSWP. WT-541. February 1953. 

53 Pages.*** 

35. Carter, R. E.; et al. The Biological Effectiveness of 

Neutron Radiation from Nuclear Weapons, Project 4.3. 

Washington, D.C.: Defense Nuclear Agency.

WT-528-EX. February 1980. 90 Pages.

(A05) AD/A995 016.* 

36. Chambers, F. W., Jr. "Gamma Depth Dose Measurement in 

Unit Density Material, Project 4.4." Washington,

D.C.: AFSWP. WT-529. February 1953. 43 Pages.

(A03) AD/B950 689.* 

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at CIC. 

***Not available, see Availability Information page. 

 Requests subject to Privacy Act restrictions. 

204 
37. Chief of Army Field Forces. Letter to Commanding General, 

Sixth Army, Subject: Desert Rock IV w/incl: 

Directive for Exercise Desert Rock IV. Fort Monroe, 

VA. ATTNG-43354/115. 19 March 1952. 11 Pages.**  

38. Clark, J. C. Letter to COL. Kenner Hertford, USA, 

Director Office of Test Operations, SFOO, Subject:

Project 4.5, w/attachment. 5 March 1952. 

3 Pages.** 

39. Clark, J. C. Deputy Test Director, [Summaries of Shots 

l-3, 5, and 7.1 1952. 20 Pages.** 

40. Commandant, Army War College. Memorandum for Officers 

Concerned, Subject: Observers, Desert Rock IV, with 

Objectives of Shot CHARLIE. Carlisle Barracks, PA. 

15 April 1952. 7 Pages.** 

41. Commandant, Marine Corps. Memorandum to Distribution, 

Subject: Marine Corps Troop Participation at 

Operation SNAPPER: w/l incl. Washington, D.C.: 

USMC. 12 March 1952. 5 Pages.*** 

42. Commanding General, Camp Desert Rock. Message to 

Distribution, Subject: Military Participation in 

Operation TUMBLER-SNAPPER. Camp Desert Rock, NM.: 

Hqs., Camp Desert Rock. 1952. 2 Pages.

AMCDR-ADR 04-23.*** 

43. Commanding General, Department of the Pacific. Memorandum 

for Commandant of the Marine Corps, Subject: Report 

on Marine Corps Participation in Exercise Desert Rock 

IV. San Francisco, CA. 29 May 1952. 3 Pages.*** 

44. Commanding General, Department of the Pacific. Memorandum 

for Commanding General, Marine Corps Provisional 

Exercise Unit, Subject: Exercise Desert Rock IV,. 

San Francisco, CA. 4 April 1952. 4 Pages.*** 

45. Commanding General, Department of the Pacific. Memorandum 

for Commanding General, Marine Corps Provisional 

Exercise Unit, Subject: MC Participation in SNAPPER, 

San Francisco, CA.: USMC, FMF, DP. 7 April 1952. 

4 Pages.*** 

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at CIC. 

***Not available, see Availability Information page. 

****Requests subject to Privacy Act restrictions. 

205 
46. Cook, G. W.; Benjamin, V. E. Measurement of Air Blast 

Pressure vs. Time, Project 1.13. Washington, D.C.: 

AFSWP. WT-521. March 1953. 71 Pages.

(A04) AD/A078 546.* 

47. Cook, Thomas B., Jr.; Kammermeyer, Karl. Sandia 

Laboratory Shock-Gauge Evaluations Tests, Projects

19.lc and 19.ld (U). Sandia Corporation. 

Washington, D.C.: AFSWP. WT-505. October 1952. 

103 Pages.*** 

48. Cowan, C. L. (ed). External Neutron Measurements 

Project 17.1 and 17.2 (U). Los Alamos Scientffic 

Laboratory. Washington, D.C.: AFSWP. WT-555-EX. 

January 1979. 79 Pages. (A05) AD/B951 747.* 

49. Daniels, F. B.; Harris, A. K. "Effects of Atomic 

Explosions on the Ionosphere, Project 9.4." 

Washington, D.C.: AFSWP. WT-547. January 1953. 

69 Pages.*** 

50. Dean, Gordon, Chairman, Atomic Energy Commission. Letter 

to BGEN. H. B. Loper, Chief, AFSWP, Subject: Troop

Participation in Operation TUMBLER-SNAPPER. 

Washington, D.C. April 2, 1952. 4 Pages.** 

51. Defense Nuclear Agency. "Personnel Exposed to Radiation 

from Atmospheric Nuclear Tests (File C)." Computer

Magnetic Tape: TUMBLER-SNAPPER. Washington, D.C.: 

DNA. HDNA 609-03. June 1982.**** 

52. Department of Energy, Office of Public Affairs; Los Alamos 

Scientific Laboratory; Lawrence Livermore Laboratory;

Sandia Laboratories. "Announced United States 

Nuclear Tests, July 1945 through 1979." [Mercury,

NV.]: Nevada Operations Office. NVO-209. January

1980. 38 Pages. 

53. Derksen, W. L.; Bates, J. J.; Murtha, T. D.; et al. 

"Atmospheric Transmission and Weather Measurements, 

Project 8.4." Washington, D.C.: AFSWP. WT-545. 

January 1953. 45 Pages. (A02) AD 460 278.* 

54. Draeger, R. H.; Either, M.; Ely, T. S.; et al. 

"Biomedical Exposure Equipment, Project 4.2." 

Washington, D.C.: AFSWP. WT-527. December 1952. 

81 Pages. (A05) AD/A078 564.* 

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at CIC. 

***Not available,- see Availability Information page. 

 Requests subject to Privacy Act restrictions. 

206 
55. 

56. 

57. 

58. 

59. 

60. 

61. 

62. 

63. 

64. 

Edgerton, Germeshausen and Grier, Inc. "Long Range Light 

Measurements for AFOAT-1, Project 7.lb." Washington, 

D.C.: AFSWP. WT-538. March 1953. 51 Pages.** * 

Eighth Marine Motor Transport Battalion. Temporary 

Additional Duty Orders. Camp Lejeune, NC.: Hqs.,

Camp Lejeune. 9 April 1952. 3 Pages.*** 

Fackler, P. H. Technical Air Operations, Operation

TUMBLER-SNAPPER. Kirtland AFB, NM.: AFSWC. 

January 1953. 184 Pages.*** 

Fackler, P. H. Interview with Col. Paul H. Fackler, USAF 

(Ret.), Former Air Operations Officer, 4925th Test 

Group, Subject: CONUS Tests. McLean, VA. April 

22, 1981.*** 

Felt, G. L.; et al. "High-Speed Photography -- Project

12.2a to d (U)." Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory.

Washington, D. C.: AFSWP. WT-563. September 1952. 

41 Pages.*** 

Fischer, J. S.; Reisler, R. E. "Ground Acceleration 

Measurements, Project 1.6." Washington, D.C.: 

AFSWP. WT-516. January 1953. 51 Pages.

(A04) AD 483 928.* 

Fussell, W. B. "Color Temperatures at Operation 

TUMBLER-SNAPPER, Project 18.3." Washington, D.C.: 

Naval Research Laboratory. NRL 4615. August 1955. 

18 Pages.*** 

General Electric Company--TEMPO. Compilation of Local 

Fallout Data from Test Detonations 1945-1962. Vol. 

1: Continental US Tests. Washington, D.C.: Defense 

Nuclear Agency. DNA 1251-l-EX. 1979. 619 Pages.

(A99) AD/A079 309.* 

Grier, Herbert E. and Staff. "Bhangmeter MOD II (U)." 

Edgerton, Germeshausen & Grier, Inc. Washington, 

D.C.: AFSWP. WT-562. January 1953. 15 Pages.

Secret.*** 

Grier, Herbert E. Technical Photography, Operation 

TUMBLER-SNAPPER Project 12.1. Edgerton, Germeshausen 

& Grier. Inc. Washington, D.C.: AFSWP. WT-569. 

April 1954. 155 Pages. -(AOS) AD/A995 066.* 

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at CIC. 

***Not available, see Availability Information page. 

****Requests subject to Privacy Act restrictions. 

207 
65. Gwynn, P. S., Lt. Col., USAF. Radiological Safety, 

Operation TUMBLER-SNAPPER. Washington, D.C.: AFSWP. 

WT-558-EX. February 1980. 334 Pages.

(A15) AD/A995 071.* 

66. Hanscome, T. D.; Willett, D. K.; Mali&, C. W.; et al. 

"Neutron Flux Measurements, Project 2.3." 

Washington, D.C.: AFSWP. WT-524-EX. February 

1980. 53 Pages. (A04) AD/A995 033.* 

67. DELETED. 

68. Headquarters, Camp Desert Rock. Letter to Commanding 

General, 140th Fighter Bomber Wing, Subject:

Commendation; w/6 incls. Camp Desert Rock, NV. 

26 April 1952. 8 Pages.** 

69. Headquarters, Exercise Desert Rock IV. Operation Order 

#3, Exercise Desert Rock IV, Annex 3 (Personnel and 

Vehicles). Las Vegas, NV.: Headquarters, Camp 

Desert Rock. 17 April 1952. 46 Pages.** 

70. Headquarters, Exercise Desert Rock IV. Operation Order 

Number 4, Exercise Desert Rock IV, w/Annex 3. Camp 

Desert Rock, NV.: Hqs., Camp Desert Rock. April 

1952. 7 Pages.** 

71. Headquarters, Fleet Marine Force, Atlantic. Desert Rock 

IV, Operation Order 6-52, Revised. Norfolk, VA.: 

Hqs., FMF, Atlantic. 14 April 1952. 10 Pages.** 

72. Headquarters, Ninth Air Force. Letter to Commanding

General, 140th Fighter-Bomber Wing, (Clovis AFB) 

Subject: Unit Participation in Operation SNAPPER. 

Pope AFB, NC. 26 March 1952. 1 Page.** 

73. Headquarters, Sixth Army. [Desert Rock IV Letter of 

Instruction No. 1, w/7 incls.] Presidio of San 

Francisco, CA.: Sixth US Army. 19 March 1952. 

14 Pages. AMGCT-4 354.2. ** 

74. DELETED. 

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at CIC. 

***Not available, see Availability Information page. 

****Requests subject to Privacy Act restrictions. 

208 
75. 

76. 

77. 

78. 

79. 

80. 

81. 

82. 

83. 

Headquarters, Sixth Army. Exercise Desert Rock IV: 

April-June 1952. Presidio of San Francisco, CA.: 

Sixth US Army. 1952. 236 Pages. (All)

AD/A078 565.* 

Headquarters, Special Weapons Command. Extracts from: 

"Operations Plan 2-52: Operation TUMBLER-SNAPPER." 

Kirtland AFB, NM.: AFSWC. 26 February 1952. 

51 Pages.** 

Human Resources Research Office. Desert Rock IV: 

Reactions of an Armoured Infantry Battalion to an 

Atomic Bomb Maneuver. Washington, D.C.: HumRRO. 

TR-2. August 1953. 225 Pages. (AlO) AD 016 451.* 

Karstens, E. H., Lt. Col., USAF; Dyer, Co L., Jr., S/Sgt, 

USAF. Air Weather Service Participation, Project

9.2. Washington, D.C.: AFSWP. WT-508. March 

1953. 77 Pages. (A05) AD/A995 045.* 

Kingsley, H. D.; Schloerb, P. R.; Murden, C. H. "The 

Time-Course of Thermal Radiation as Measured by Burns 

in Pigs, Project 4.6." Washington, D.C.: AFSWP. 

WT-531. March 1953. 49 Pages.*** 

Krause, E. H.; and Staff. Measurement of Alpha and 

Transit Time, Projects 10.1 and 11.1. Washington,

D.C.: Naval Research Laboratory. WT-554. November 

1952. 181 Pages.*** 

Larrick, R. G.; Fuller, E. J.; Smith, L. J.; et al. 

"Total Gamma Exposure vs. Distance, Project 2.1." 

Washington, D.C.: AFSWP. WT-522. September 1952. 

45 Pages. (A03) AD/A077 502.* 

Lawrence, Henry W., Lt. Col., USAF. Report of 

Participation in Exercise Desert Rock IV, w/o incls. 

Clovis AFB, NM.: 140th Fighter-Bomber Wing, Office of 

Adjutant. 1952. 4 Pages.** 

Mailik, John S. "Radiation Monitoring Measurements, 

Project 15.3 (U)." Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory.

Washington, D.C.: AFSWP. WT-507. June 1952. 

18 Pages.*** 

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at CIC. 

***Not available, see Availability Information page. 

 Requests subject to Privacy Act restrictions. 

209 
84. 

85. 

86. 

87. 

88. 

89. 

90. 

91. 

92. 

93. 

Man, E. hi., Jr. "Total Thermal Radiation and Atmospheric 

Transmission, Project 18.1." Washington, D. C.: 

Naval Research Laboratory. NRL 5434. February 

1960. 20 Pages.** * 

Marine Corps Motion Picture Unit. Pictorial Supplement,

Desert Rock IV, US Marine Corps Exercise Unit. 

Oceanside, CA.: Marine Barracks, Camp Pendleton. 

1952. 48 Pages.*** 

Marine Corps Provisional Exercise Unit. Administrative 

Instructions #l-52; w/Movement Plan #l-52. Camp 

Pendleton, CA.: MCPEU. 16 April 1952. 12 Pages. 

Marine Corps Provisional Exercise Unit. "Desert Rock IV." 

Camp Desert Rock, NV.: MCPEU. 21 April 1952. 16 

Pages.** 

Marine Corps Provisional Exercise Unit. Memorandum for 

Commandant, USMC, Subject: Exercise Desert Rock 

IV--Marine Corps Report on Camp Desert Rock. Camp

Desert Rock, NV. 17 May 1952. 8 Pages. 

Serial 149.*** 

Marine Corps Provisional Exercise Unit. "Operation Plan 

No. l-52." [w/attachment: Movement Plan 2-521. 

Camp Desert Rock, NV.: MCPEU. 25 April 1952. 

50 Pages.** 

Marine Corps Provisional Exercise Unit. Vehicle 

Assignment Table. Camp Desert Rock, NV.: MCPEU. 

26 April 1952. 51 Pages.** 

McLaughlin, R. C. Sound Velocity Changes near the Ground 

in the Vicinity of an Atomic Explosion, Project 8.6. 

Washington, D.C.: AFSWP. WT-546. March 1953. 

145 Pages.*** 

Merritt, M. L. "Air Shock Pressures as Affected by Hills 

and Dales, Project 19.le.l' Sandia Corporation. 

Washington, D.C.: AFSWP. WT-502. September 1952. 

37 Pages.*** 

Murphey, B. F. "Air Shock Pressure-Time vs. Distance, 

Project 19.la (U)." Sandia Corporation.

Washington, D.C.: AFSWP. WT-501. August 1952. 

65 Pages.*** 

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at CIC. 

***Not available, see Availability Information page. 

 Requests subject to Privacy Act restrictions. 

210 
94. Office of Test Information. "Background Information on 

Nevada Nuclear Tests." Mercury, NV.: Nevada Test 

Organization. 15 July 1957. 72 Pages.**  

95. Office of the Test Director. Operation Order l-52 

(TUMBLER-SNAPPER). Los Alamos, NM.: LASL. 

February 2, 1952. 200 Pages.** 

96. Oleson, M. H. "Electromagnetic Effects from Atomic 

Explosions, Operation SNAPPER, Project 7.la.l' 

Washington, D.C.: Defense Nuclear Agency.

WT-537-EX. February 1980. 57 Pages.

(A04) AD/B951 763.* 

97. Olmsted, G. B. "Detection of Low Frequency Sound from 

Atomic Explosions, Operation TUMBLER-SNAPPER, Project

7.2." Washington, D.C.: Defense Nuclear Agency.

WT-539-EX. February 1980. 34 Pages. (AG3)

AD/B951 746.* 

98. Page, G. B., Lt. Col., USAF. "Operation SNAPPER, Final 

Report." Washington, D.C.: Defense Nuclear Agency. 

WT-564-EX. October 1979. 48 Pages. 

(A03) AD/B951 764.* 

99. Porzel, F. B. (ed). Blast Measurements--Projects

19.2a--19.2f. Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory.

Washington, D.C.: AFSWP. WT-556. August 1952. 

171 Pages.*** 

100. Power, T. S., Maj. Gen., USAF. Letter to Deputy Chief of 

Staff, Operations, Hqs. USAF, Subject: SAC 

Participation in Operation TUMBLER-SNAPPER, w/2

enclosures. Offutt AFB, NB. 8 March 1952. 

5 Pages.*** 

101. Richmond, 0. "Minefield Clearance, Project 3.4." 

Washington, D.C.: AFSWP. WT-526. February 1953. 

73 Pages. (A04) AD/A995 044.* 

102. Salmon, V. Air Pressure vs. Time, Project 1.2. 

Washington, D.C.: AFSWP. WT-512. February 1953. 

185 Pages.*** 

103. Salmon, V.; Hornig, S. R. Earth Acceleration vs. Time and 

Distance, Project 1.7. Washington, D.C.: AFSWP. 

WT-517. February 1953. 113 Pages.*** 

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at CIC. 

***Not available, see Availability Information page. 

****Requests subject to Privacy Act restrictions. 

211 
104. Schraut, K. C.; Breidenbach, L. J. Vulnerability of 

Parked Aircraft to Atomic Bombs, Project 3.1. 

Washington, D.C.: AFSWP. UT-525. February 1953. 

493 Pages. (A21) AD/A995 050.* 

105. Scoville, M.; Sussholz, B.; Ifland, P. W.; Streets, L. B. 

Summary Report Operation TUMBLER. Washington, D.C.: 

AFSWP. UT-514-EX. February 1980. 125 Pages. 

(A06) AD/A995 015.* 

106. Singlevich, Walter. "Radiochemical and Physical Analysis 

of Atomic Bomb Debris, Project 7.3." Washington,

D.C.: AFSWP. UT-540. March 1953. 44 Pages.*** 

107. Sisk. F. J.. LCDR.. USN; Nielsen, D. E., 1st LT., USA. 

'Evaluation of-Military Radiac Equipment, Operation 

SNAPPER, Project 6.1. Washington, D.C.: AFSWP. 

UT-532. January 1953. 77 Pages.

(A05) AD/A077 498.* 

108. DELETED. 

109. Storm, Ellery. "Gamma Radiation Exposure as a Function of 

Distance--Project 15.2." Los Alamos Scientific 

Laboratory. Washington, D.C.: AFSWP. UT-549. 

July 1952. 54 Pages.*** 

110. Teres, J.; Wellhouser, H. N.; Hawkins, M. B. 

"Decontamination of Aircraft, Operation SNAPPER, 

Project 6.5." Washington, D.C.: AFSWP. UT-535. 

March 1953. 69 Pages. (A04) AD/A995 023.* 

111. Tyler, Carroll L. Manager SFOO. Memorandum for BGEN. K. 

E. Fields, USA, Subject: Responsibility for Injury to 

Human Subjects in Test Operations at Nevada Proving 

Grounds [Project 4.51. Santa Fe, N.M. 

19 March 1952. 1 Page.** 

112. DELETED. 

113. Winograd, B. "Gain in Information in the Desert Rock 

A-Bomb Maneuvers." Washington, D.C.: HumRRO. 

March 1954. 18 Pages. (A02) AD 482 184.* 

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at CIC. 

***Not available, see Availability Information page. 

****Requests subject to Privacy Act restrictions. 

212 
DISTRIBUTION LIST 

DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE 

Aned Forces Staff College 

ATTN: Library 

Assistant Secretary of Defense, Public Affairs 

ATTN: PA0 

Defense Nuclear Agency 

ATTN: PA0 

ATTN: GC 

ATTN: BA 

5 cy ATTN: NTPR 

25 cy ATTN: TITL 

Defense Technical Information Center 

12 cy ATTN: DD 

Field Command 

Defense Nuclear Agency 

ATTN: FCLS 

ATTN: FCTT, W. Summa 

ATTN: FCTT, G. Ganong 

ATTN: FCLS, MAJ D. Norton 

Interservice Nuclear Weapons School 

ATTN: TTY 

National Defense University 

ATTN: ICAF Tech Library 

Assistant to the Secretary of Defense 

Atomic Energy 

ATTN: Military Applications 

ATTN: Executive Assistant 

DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY 

Army library 

ATTN: Military Dot Set 

Army Nuclear Test Personnel Review 

2 cy ATTN: DAAG-AMR-R Tago 

U.S. Army Center of Military History 

ATTN: DAMH-HSO 

U.S. Army Chemical School 

ATTN: ATZN-CM-CS 

ATTN: ATZN-CM-AL 

U.S. Army Comd & General Staff College 

ATTN: Library 

U.S. Army War College 

ATTN: Library 

U.S. Army Nuclear & Chemical Agency 

ATTN: Library 

U.S. Military Academy 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY 

Aviation History Unit 

Department of the Navy 

ATTN: Library 

Marine Corps Dev & Education Command 

ATTN: J. C. Breckinridge Lib 

DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY (Continued)_ 

James Carson Breckinridqe Library 

Department of the Navy 

ATTN: Library Div 

Marine Corps Nuclear Test Personnel Review 

ATTN: Code MSRB-6C 

Merchant Marine Academy 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

Naval Aviation School Command 

ATTN: Library 

Naval Hospital Corps School 

ATTN: Library 

Naval Ocean Systems Center 

ATTN: Library 

Naval Oceanographic Office 

ATTN: Code 025, Historian 

Naval Postgraduate School 

ATTN: Code 1424, Library 

Naval Research Laboratory 

ATTN: Library 

Naval School 

Naval Construction Battalion Center 

ATTN: Cornsanding Officer 

Naval Sea Systems Command 

ATTN: Nuclear Technology Div 

Naval Surface Weapons Center 

ATTN: Library 

Naval War College 

ATTN: Professor 8 Libraries 

Naval Weapons Center 

ATTN: Code 233. Tech Lib 

Naval Weapons Evaluation Facility 

ATTN: Library 

Navy Dept Library

ATTN: Librn 

Navy Nuclear Power School 

ATTN: Library 

Navy Nuclear Test Personnel Review 

2 cy ATTN: W. Loeffler 

U.S. Naval Academy

Nimitz Library 

ATTN: Documents I Reports Dept 

Marine Corps Base 

ATTN: Document Custodian 

Bureau of Medicine and Surgery 

Department of the Navy 

ATTN: Asst for Med Surgery 

213 
-- 

DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY (Continued) 

Office of the Judge Adv Gen 

Department of the Navy 

ATTN: Code 73 

Marine Corps Historical Center 

2 cy ATTN: Code HDH-2 

U.S. Merchant Marine Academy 

ATTN: Librn 

U.S. Naval Air Station Library 

Department of the Navy 

ATTN: Library 

DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR FORCE 

Academy Library DFSELD 

U.S. Air Force Academy 

ATTN: Library 

Aerospace Defense Command 

ATTN: Historian 

Air Force Comnunications Cormnand 

ATTN: Historian 

Air Force Institute of Technology 

ATTN: Library 

Air Force Logistics Connnand 

ATTN: Historian 

Air Force Nuclear Test Personnel Review 

ATTN: HQ USAF/SGES 

Air Force School of Aerospace Medicine 

ATTN: Strughold Library 

Air Force Systems Command 

ATTN: Historian 

Air Force Technical Applications Center 

ATTN: Historian 

Air Force Weapons Laboratory 

Air Force Systems Comnand 

ATTN: Tech Library 

Air National Guard 

ATTN: Historian 

Air Training Command 

ATTN: Historian 

Air University Library 

Department of the Air Force 

ATTN: AUL-LSE 

Military Air Lift Command 

ATTN: Historian 

Commander-in-Chief 

Pacific Air Forces 

ATTN: Historian 

Tactical Air Command 

Department of the Air Force 

ATTN: Historian 

DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR FORCE (Continued) 

Strategic Air Comnand 

Department of the Air Force 

ATTN: NRI-STINFO Library 

ATTN: Historian 

U.S. Air Force Occupational & Env Health Lab 

ATTN: NTPR 

DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY 

Department of Energy 

ATTN: OMA 

Department of Energy 

Nevada Operations Office 

ATTN: Health Physics Div 

2 cy ATTN: R. Nutley 

Department of Energy 

Human Health & Assessments Division 

ATTN: EV-31 

OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCIES 

Centers for Disease Control 

U.S. Public Health Service 

ATTN: G. Caldwell 

Central Intelligence Agency 

ATTN: Office of Medical Services 

Department of Health & Human Svcs 

ATTN: Office of General Counsel 

Exec Oft of The President 

Management & Budget Off Lib 

ATTN: Librn 

Library of Congress

ATTN: Library Service Division 

ATTN: Science & Technology Div 

ATTN: Serial & Govt Publication 

National Atomic Museum 

ATTN: Historian 

Department of Commerce 

National Bureau of Standards 

ATTN: Librn 

Occupational Safety & Health Admin 

ATTN: Library 

Office of Health & Disability (ASPER) 

ATTN: R. Copeland 

Oft of Workers Compensation Program 

Department of Labor 

ATTN: R. Larson 

U.S. Coast Guard Academy Library 

ATTN: Librn 

U.S. House of Representatives 

ATTN: Conittee on Armed SVCS 

214 
OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCIES (Continued) 

U.S. House of Representatives 

Committee on Interstate & Foreign Comnerce 

ATTN: Subcommittee on Health & Envir 

U.S. Senate 

Committee on Armed Services 

ATTN: Committee on Veterans Affairs 

U.S. Senate 

ATTN: Committee on Veterans Affairs 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Providence, RI 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Montgomery, AL 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Anchorage, AK 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Phoenix, AZ 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Little Rock, AR 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Los Angeles, CA 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

San Francisco, CA 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Denver, CO 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Hartford, CT 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Wilmington, DE 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-OFC Central 

Washinaton. 13. C. 

JITTN 1 Dept Veterans Benefit. Central Oft 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration 

Washington, D. C. 

ATTN: Board of Veteran Appeal 

Veterans Administration-R0 

St. Petersburg, FL 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Atlanta, GA 

ATTN: Director 

OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCIES (Continued) 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Honolulu, HI 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Chicago, IL 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Seattle, WA 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Indianapolis, IN 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Des Moines, IA 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Wichita, KS 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Louisville, KY 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

New Orleans, LA 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-RD 

Togus, ME 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Baltimore, MD 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Boston, MA 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

St. Paul, MN 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Jackson, MS 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Huntington, WV 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

St. Louis, MO 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Ft. Harrison, MT 

ATTN: Director 

National Archives 

ATTN: Librn 

215 
OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCIES (Continued) OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCIES (Continued)_ 

Veterans Administration-RO 

Lincoln, NE 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Rena. NV 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Manchester. NH 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Newark. NJ 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Milwaukee, WI 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Albuquerque, NM 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Buffalo, NV 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

New York. NV 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Winston-Salem, NC 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-RD 

Fargo, ND 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Cleveland, OH 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Muskogee, OK 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Portland, OR 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Pittsburgh, PA 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Philadelphia, PA 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

San Francisco, CA 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-RD 

San Juan, Puerto Rico 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans A&ninistration-RD 

Columbia. SC 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Sioux Falls, SD 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Houston, TX 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Waco, TX 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Salt Lake City, UT 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administraiton-RO 

White River Junction, VT 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration40 

Roanoke, VA 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Cheyenne, WV 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

San Diego, CA 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Boise, ID 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Detroit, MI 

ATTN: Director 

Veterans Administration-R0 

Nashville, TN 

ATTN: Director 

The White House 

ATTN: Domestic Policy Staff 

DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY CONTRACTORS 

Lawrence Livermore National Lab 

ATTN: Tech Info Dept Library 

Los Alamos National Lab 

ATTN: Library 

2 cy ATTN: ADPA MMS 195 

Sandia National Lab 

ATTN: W. Hereford 

ATTN: Central Library 

Reynolds Electrical & Engr Co., Inc 

ATTN: CIC 

ATTN: W. Brady 

216 
OTHER 

Adams State College 

ATTN: Librn 

Akron Public Library 

ATTN: Libm 

Alabama State Dept of Archives & History 

ATTN: Military Records Div 

University of Alabama 

ATTN: Reference Oept, Documents 

University of Alaska Library at Anchorage 

ATTN: Librn 

University of Alaska 

ATTN: Dir of Libraries 

Albany Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Alexander City State Jr College 

ATTN: Librn 

Allegheny College 

ATTN: Librn 

Allen County Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Altoona Area Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

American Statistics Index 

Congressional Info Service. Inc 

ATTN: Cathy Jarvey 

Anaheim Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

College of Wooster 

ATTN: Gov Dots 

Angelo State University Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Angelo Iacoboni Public Library 

ATT?!: Librn 

Anoka County Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Appalachian State University 

ATTN: Library Dots 

Arizona State University Library 

ATTN: Librn 

University of Arizona 

ATTN: Gov Dot Dept/C. Bower 

Arkans;iTollege Library 

: Library 

Brooklyn College 

ATTN: Dot Div 

DTHER (Continued) 

Arkansas Library Comn 

ATTN: Library 

Arkansas State University 

ATTN: Library 

University of Arkansas 

ATTN: Gov Dots Div 

Austin College 

ATTN: Librn 

Atlanta Public Library 

ATTN: Ivan Allen Dept 

Atlanta University 

ATTN: Librn 

AuburnA;;;versity Library et Mongomery (Reg) 

: Librn 

C. W. Post Ctr Long Island University 

ATTN: Librn 

Bangor Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Bates College Library 

ATTN: Librn 

BaylorAkiiersity Library 

: Dots Dept 

Beloit College Libraries 

ATTN: Serials Dots DePt 

Bemidji State College 

ATTN: Library 

State University College 

ATTN: Gov Dots 

Akron University 

ATTN: Gov Dots 

Boston Public Library (Reg) 

ATTN: Dots Dept 

Eowdoin College 

ATTN: Librn 

Bowling Green State University 

ATTN: Lib Gov Dots Services 

Bradley University 

ATTN: Librn 

Brandeis University Library 

ATTN: Dots Section 

Brigham Young University 

ATTN: Librn 

Brigham Young University 

ATTN: Dots Collection 

Brookhaven National Laboratory 

ATTN: Tech Library 

217 
DTHER (Continued) 

Broward County Library Sys 

ATTN: Librn 

Brown University 

ATTN: Librn 

Bucknell University 

ATTN: Reference Dept 

Buffalo & Erie Co Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

State University Library of California at Fresno 

ATTN: Library 

University Library of California at Los Angeles 

ATTN: Pub Affairs Serv U.S. Dots 

University of California at San Diego 

ATTN: Dots Dept 

State College Library of California at Stanislaus 

ATTN: Library 

California State Polytechnic University Library 

ATTN: Librn 

California State University at Northridge 

ATTN: Gov Dot 

California State Library (Reg) 

ATTN: Librn 

California State University at Long Beach Library 

ATTN: Librn 

California State University 

ATTN: Librn 

California State University 

ATTN: Librn 

California University Library 

ATTN: Gov Pub Dept 

California University Library 

ATTN: Librn 

California University Library 

ATTN: Gov Dots Dept 

California University Library 

ATTN: Dots Set 

University of California 

ATTN: Gov Dots Dept 

Calvin College Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Kearney State College 

ATTN: Gov Dots Dept 

Cambria County Library Sys 

ATTN: Librn 

Carleton College Library 

ATTN: Librn 

OTHER (Continued) 

Carnegie Library of Pittsburgh 

ATTN: Librn 

Carnegie Mellon University 

ATTN: Dir of Libraries 

Carson Regional Library 

ATTN: Gov Pubs Unit 

Case W;;;;rn Reserve University 

: Librn 

Casper College 

ATTN: Librn 

University of Central Florida 

ATTN: Library Dots Dept 

Central Michigan University 

ATTN: Library Oocs Set 

Central Missouri State Univ 

ATTN: Gov Dots 

Central State University 

ATTN: Lib Dots Dept 

Central Washington University 

ATTN: Lib Dots Set 

Central Wyoming College Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Charleston County Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Charlotte & Mechlenburg County Public Library 

ATTN: E. Correll 

Chatta;;;;a H;,;J;on County. Bicentennial Library 

Chesapeake Public Library System 

ATTN: Librn 

Chicago Public Library 

ATTN: Gov Pubs Dept 

State pTi;rsity of Chicago 

: Librn 

ChicagiT;;iversity Library 

: Dir of Libraries 

ATTN: Oocs Processing 

Cincinnati University Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Claremont Colleges Libraries 

ATTN: Dot Collection 

Clemson University 

ATTN: Dir of Libraries 

218 
OTHER (Continued1 

Cleveland Public Library 

ATTN: Dots Collection 

Cleveland State University Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Coe Library 

ATTN: Dots Div 

Colgate University Library 

ATTN: Ref Lib 

Colorado State University Libraries 

ATTN: Librn 

University of Colorado Libraries 

ATTN: Dir of Libraries 

Columbia University Library 

ATTN: Dots Svc Ctr 

Columbus & Franklin Cty Public Library 

ATTN: Gen Ret Div 

Compton Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Connecticut State Library (Reg) 

ATTN: Librn 

University of Connecticut 

ATTN: Gov't of Connecticut 

University of Connecticut 

ATTN: Dir of Libraries 

Cornell University Library 

ATTN: Librn 

CorpusA;;;isti State University Library 

: Librn 

Culver City Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Curry College Library 

ATTN: Librn 

University of North Carolina at Asheville 

ATTN: Librn 

Dallas County Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Dallas Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Dalton Junior College Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Dartmouth College 

ATTN: Librn 

Davenport Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Davidson College 

ATTN: Librn 

OTHER (Continued) 

Dayton & Montgomery City Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

University of Dayton 

ATTN: Librn 

Decatur Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Dekalb Carmunity College So Cpus 

ATTN: Librn 

Delaware Pauw University 

ATTN: Librn 

University of Delaware 

ATTN: Librn 

Delta College Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Delta State University 

ATTN: Librn 

Denison University Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Denver Public Library (Reg) 

ATTN: Dots Div 

Dept of Library & Archives (Reg) 

ATTN: Librn 

Detroit Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Burlington Library 

ATTN. Librn 

Dickinson State College 

ATTN: Librn 

Alabama Agricultural Mechanical University & Co11 

ATTN: Librn 

Drake University 

ATTN: Cowles Library 

Drew University 

ATTN: Librn 

Duke University 

ATTN: Pub Dots Dept 

Duluth Public Library 

ATTN: Dots Set 

East Carolina University 

ATTN: Lib Dots Dept 

East Central University 

ATTN: Librn 

East Islip Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

219 
_OTHER (Continued) 

East Orange Public Library 

ATTN: U.S. Gov't Depository 

East Tennessee State University Sherrod Library 

ATTN: Dots Dept 

East Texas State University 

ATTN: Library 

Monmouth County Library Eastern Branch 

ATTN: Libm 

Eastern Illinois University 

ATTN: Librn 

Eastern Kentucky University 

ATTN: Librn 

Eastern Michigan University Library 

ATTN: Library 

Eastern Montana College Library 

ATTN: Dots Dept 

Eastern New Mexico University 

ATTN: Librn 

Eastern Oregon College Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Eastern Washington University 

ATTN: Librn 

El Paso Public Library 

ATTN: Dots 6 Geneology DePt 

Elko County Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Elmira College 

AT-TN: Librn 

Elon College Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Enoch Pratt Free Library 

ATTN: Dots Oft 

Emory University 

ATTN: Librn 

Evansville L Vanderburgh Cty Public Library 

ATTN: Libm 

Everett Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Fairleigh Dickinson University 

ATTN: Depository Dept 

Florida A A M University 

ATTN: Librn 

Florida Atlantic University Library 

ATTN: Div of Pub Oocs 

OTHER (Continued) 

Florida Institute of Technology 

ATTN: Library 

Florida International University Library 

ATTN: Dots Set 

Florida State Library 

ATTN: Dots Set 

Florida State University 

ATTN: Libm 

University of Florida 

ATTN: oocs Dept 

Fond Du Lac Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Ft Hays State University 

Ft Hays Kansas State College 

ATTN: Libm 

Ft Worth Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Free Public Library of Elizabeth 

ATTN: Libm 

Free Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Freeport Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Fresno Cty Free Library 

ATTN: Libm 

Gadsden Public Library 

ATTN: Libm 

Garden Public Library 

ATM: Librn 

Gardner Webb College 

ATTN: Dots Library 

Gary Public L~ii;;;y 

ATTN: 

Georgetown University Library 

ATTN: Gov Oocs Room 

Georgia Institute of Technology 

ATTN: Librn 

Georgia South;;;r;ollege 

ATTN: 

Georgia Southwestern College 

ATTN: Dir of Libraries 

Georgia State University Library 

ATTN: Librn 

220 
_OTHER (Continued) 

University of Georgia 

ATTN: Dir of Libraries (Reg) 

Glassboro State College 

ATTN: Librn 

Gleeson Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Graceland College 

ATTN: Librn 

Grand Forks P$l$ City-County Library 

ATTN: 

Grand Rapids Public Library 

ATTN: Dir of Lib 

Greenville County Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Government Publications Library-M 

ATTN: Director of Libraries (Reg) 

Guam RFK Memorial University Library 

ATTN: Fed Depository Co11 

University of Guam 

ATTN: Librn 

Gustavus Adolphus College 

ATTN: Librn 

South Dakota University 

ATTN: Librn 

Hardin-Simnons University Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Hartford Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Harvard College Library 

ATTN: Dir of Lib 

Harvard College Library 

ATTN: Serials Ret Div 

University of Hawaii Library 

ATTN: Gov Dots co11 

Hawaii State Library 

ATTN: Fed DOCS Unit 

University of Hawaii at Monoa 

ATTN: Dir of Libraries (Reg) 

University of Hawaii 

Hilo C$;;s Library 

: Librn 

HaydonA!;ris Library 

: Librn 

Hennep;;Ttunty Library 

: C&vDots 

Henry Ford Cannunity College Library 

ATTN: Librn 

DTHER (Continued) 

Herbert H. Lehman College 

ATTN: Lib Dots Div 

Hofstra University Library 

ATTN: Dots Dept 

Hollins College 

ATTN: Librn 

Hopkinsville Comaunity College 

ATTN: Librn 

Wagner College 

ATTN: Librn 

University of Houston Library 

ATTN: Dots Div 

Houston Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Tulane University 

ATTN: Dots Dept 

Hoyt Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Humboldt State College Library 

ATTN: Dots Dept 

Huntin;;;; Park Library 

: Librn 

Hutchinson Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Idaho Public Library S Information Center 

ATTN: Librn 

Idaho State Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Idaho T,$e University Library 

: Dots Dept 

University of Idaho 

ATTN: Dir of Libraries (Reg) 

ATTN: Dots Set 

Univer;;;; of Illinois Library 

: Dots Set 

Illino;n;tate Library (Reg) 

: Gov Dots Br 

Illinois University at Urbana-Champaign 

ATTN: P. Watson Dots Lib 

Illinois Valley Conmiunity College 

ATTN: Library 

Illinois State University 

ATTN: Librn 

Indiana State Library (Reg) 

ATTN: Serial Set 

Indian;T;;te University 

: Dots Library 

221 
GTHER (Continued) 

Indiana University Library 

ATTN: Dots Dept 

Indianapolis Marion County Public Library 

ATTN: Social Science Div 

Iowa State University Library 

ATTN: Gov Dots Dept 

Iowa University Library 

ATTN: Gov Dots Dept 

Butler University 

ATTN: Librn 

Isaac Delchdo College 

ATTN: Librn 

James Madison University 

ATTN: Librn 

Jefferson County Public Library 

Lakewood Regional Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Jersey City State College 

ATTN: F. A. Irwin Library Periodicals 

Dot Set 

Johns Hopkins University 

ATTN: Dots Library 

La Roche College 

ATTN: Librn 

Johnson Free Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Kalamazoo Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Kansas City Public Library 

ATTN: Dots Div 

Kansas State Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Kansas State University Library 

ATTN: Dots Dept 

University of Kansas 

ATTN: Dir of Library (Reg) 

University of Texas 

ATTN: Lyndon B. Johnson School of Public 

Affairs Library 

Maine Maritime Academy 

ATTN: Librn 

University of Maine 

ATTN: Librn 

OTHER (Continued) 

Kent State University Library 

ATTN: Dots Div 

Kentucky Dept of Library 8 Archives 

ATTN: Dots Set 

University of Kentucky 

ATTN: Gov Pub Dept 

ATTN: Dir of Lib (Reg) 

Kenyon College Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Lake Forest College 

ATTN: Librn 

Lake Sumter Community College Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Lakeland Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Lsncaster Regional Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Lawrence University 

ATTN: Dots Dept 

Brigham Young University 

ATTN: Dots & Map Set 

Lewis University Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Library and Statutory Dist & Svc 

2 cy ATTN: Librn 

Earlham College 

ATTN: Librn 

LittleA;y;k Public Library 

: Librn 

Long Beach Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Los Angeles Public Library 

ATTN: Serials Div U.S. Dots 

Louisiana State University 

ATTN: Gov Dot Dept 

ATTN: Dir of Libraries (Reg) 

Louisville Free Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Louisville University Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Hoover Institution 

ATTN: J. Gingham 

222 
OTHER (Continued) 

Manchester City Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Mankato State College 

ATTN: GovPubs 

University of Maine at Farmington 

ATTN: Dir of Libraries 

Marathon County Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Principia College 

ATTN: Librn 

University of Maryland 

ATTN: McKeldin Library Dots Div 

University of Maryland 

ATTN: Librn 

University of Massachusetts 

ATTN: Gov Dots Co11 

Kahului Library 

ATTN: Librn 

McNeese State University 

ATTN: Librn 

Memphis & Shelby County Public Library & 

Information Center 

ATTN: Librn 

Memphis State University 

ATTN: Librn 

Mercer University

ATTN: Librn 

Mesa W&y Public Library 

: Librn 

Univer;;;; of Miami Library 

: Gov Pubs 

Miami Public Library 

ATTN: Dots Div 

Miami University Library 

ATTN: Dots Dept 

University of Santa Clara 

ATTN: Dots Div 

Michig~;T;at~,~;;rary 

Michlg;TT;;at;iE;;versity Library 

MurrayA;;;: ;$versity Library 

DTHER (Continued) 

Michigan Tech University 

ATTN: Lib Dots Dept 

University of Michigan 

ATTN: Acq Set Dots Unit 

Middlebury College Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Millersville State College 

ATTN: Librn 

State University of New York 

ATTN: Dots Librn 

Milwaukee Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Minneapolis Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Minot State College 

ATTN: Librn 

Mississippi State University 

ATTN: Librn 

University of Mississippi 

ATTN: Dir of Libraries 

Missouri University at Kansas City General 

ATTN: Librn 

University of Missouri Library 

ATTN: Gov Dots 

M.I.T. Libraries 

ATTN: Librn 

Mobile Public Library 

ATTN: Gov Info Div 

Midwestern University 

ATTN: Librn 

Montana State Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Montana State University Library 

ATTN: Librn 

University of Montana 

ATTN: Dir of Libraries (Reg) 

Montebello Library

ATTN: Librn 

Moorhead State College 

ATTN: Llbrary 

Mt Prospect Public Library 

ATTN: Cov't Info Ctr 

223 
GTHER (Continued) 

Nassau Library System 

ATTN: Librn 

Natrona County Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Nebraska Library Community 

Nebraska Public Clearinghouse 

ATTN: Librn 

University of Nebraska at Omaha 

ATTN: Univ Lib Dots 

Nebraska Western College Library 

ATTN: Librn 

University of Nebraska 

ATTN: Dir of Libraries (Reg) 

University of Nebraska Library 

ATTN: Acquisitions Dept 

University of Nevada Library 

ATTN: Gov Pubs Dept 

University of Nevada at Las Vegas

ATTN: Dir of Libraries 

New Hampshire University Library 

ATTN: Librn 

New Hanover County Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

New Mexico State Library 

ATTN: Librn 

New Mexico State University 

ATTN: Lib Dots Div 

University of New Mexico 

ATTN: Dir of Libraries (Reg) 

University of New Orleans Library 

ATTN: Gov Dots Div 

New Orleans Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

New York Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

New York State Library 

ATTN: Dots Control Cultural Ed Ctr 

State University of New York at Stony Brook 

ATTN: Main Lib Dots Set 

State University of New York Co1 Memorial Lib 

at Cortland 

ATTN: Librn 

State University of New York 

ATTN: Lib Dots Set 

North Texas State University Library 

ATTN: Librn 

DTHER (Continued) 

State University of New York 

ATTN: Librn 

New York State University 

ATTN: Dots Ctr 

State University of New York 

ATTN: Dots Dept 

New York University Library 

ATTN: Dots Dept 

Newark Free Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Newark Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Niagara Falls Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Nicholls State University Library 

ATTN: Dots Div 

Nieves M. Flores Memorial Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Norfolk Public Library 

ATTN: R. Parker 

North Carolina Agricultural E Tech State 

University 

ATTN: Librn 

University of North Carolina at Charlotte 

ATTN: Atkins Lib Dot Dept 

University Library of North Carolina at Greensboro 

ATTN: Librn 

University of North Carolina at Wilmington 

ATTN: Librn 

North Carolina Central University 

ATTN: Librn 

North Carolina State University 

ATTN: Librn 

University of North Carolina 

ATTN: BA SS Div Dots 

North Dakota State University Library 

ATTN: Dots Librn 

University of North Dakota 

ATTN: Librn 

North Georgia College 

ATTN: Librn 

Minnesota Div cf Emergency Svcs 

ATTN: Librn 

Miami Dade Cotmeunity College 

ATTN: Library 

224 
rJTHER (Continued) 

Northeast Missouri State University 

ATTN: Librn 

Northeastern Oklahoma State University 

ATTN: Librn 

Northeastern University 

ATTN: Dodge Library 

Northern Arizona University Library 

ATTN: Gov Dots Dept 

Northern Illinois University 

ATTN: Librn 

Northern Michigan University 

ATTN: Dots 

Northern Montana College Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Northwestern Michigan College 

ATTN: Librn 

Northwestern State University 

ATTN: Librn 

Northwestern State University Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Northwestern University Library 

ATTN: Gov Pubs Dept 

Norwalk Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Northeastern Illinois University 

ATTN: Library 

University of Notre Dame 

ATTN: Dot Ctr 

Oakland Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Oberlin College Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Ocean County College 

ATTN: Librn 

Ohio S;;;i Library 

: Librn 

Ohio State University 

ATTN: Lib Dots Div 

Ohio University Library 

ATTN: Dots Dept 

OklahoE;T;ity University Library 

: Librn 

Oklahoma City University Library 

ATTN: Librn 

OTHER (Continued). 

Oklahoma Department of Libraries 

ATTN: U.S. Gov Dots 

University of Oklahoma 

ATTN: Dots Div 

Old Dominion University 

ATTN: Dot Dept Univ Lib 

Olivet College Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Omaha Public Library Clark Branch 

ATTN: Librn 

Onondaga County Public Library 

ATTN: Gov Dots Set 

Oregon State Library 

ATTN: Librn 

University of Oregon 

ATTN: Dots Set 

Ouachita Baptist University 

ATTN: Librn 

Pan American University Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Passaic Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

QueensA;;;lege 

: Dots Dept 

Pennsylvania State Library 

ATTN: Gov Pubs Set 

Pennsylvania State University 

ATTN: Lib Dot Set 

University of Pennsylvania 

ATTN: Dir of Libraries 

University of Denver 

ATTN: Penrose Library 

Peoria Public Library 

ATTN: Business. Science & Tech Dept 

Free Library of Philadelphia 

ATTN: Gov Pubs Dept 

Philipsburg Free Public Library 

ATTN: Library 

Phoenix Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Univers;;; of Pittsburgh 

: Dots Office, G8 

Plainfield Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

225 
OTHER (Continued) 

Popular Creek Public Library District 

ATTN: Librn 

Association of Portland Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Portland Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Portland State University Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Pratt Institute Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Louisiana Tech University 

ATTN: Librn 

Princeton University Library 

ATTN: Dots Div 

Providence College 

ATTN: Librn 

Providence Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Public Library Cincinnati & Hamilton County 

ATTN: Librn 

Public Library of Nashville and Davidson County 

ATTN: Librn 

University of Puerto Rico 

ATTN: Dot & Maps Room 

Purdue University Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Quinebaug Valley Community College 

ATTN: Librn 

Auburn University 

ATTN: Microforms & Dots Dept 

Rapid City Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Reading Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Reed College Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Augusta College 

ATTN: Librn 

University of Rhode Island Library 

ATTN: Gov Pubs Oft 

University of Rhode Island 

ATTN: Dir of Libraries 

Rice University 

ATTN: Dir of Libraries 

Louisiana College 

ATTN: Librn 

OTHER (Continued) 

Richland County Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Riverside Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

University of Rochester Library 

ATTN: Dots Set 

University of Rutgers Camden Library 

ATTN: Librn 

State University of Rutgers 

ATTN: Librn 

Rutgers University 

ATTN: Dir of Libraries (Reg) 

Rutgers University Law Library 

ATTN: Fed Dots Dept 

Salem College Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Samford University 

ATTN: Lib6 

San Antonio Public Library 

ATTN: Bus Science & Tech Cept 

San Diego County Library 

ATTN: C. Jones, Acquisitions 

San Diego Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

San Diego State University Library 

ATTN: Gov Pubs Dept 

San Francisco Public Library 

ATTN: Gov Dots Dept 

San Francisco State College 

ATTN: Gov Pubs Co11 

San Jose State College Library 

ATTN: Dots Dept 

San Luis Obispo City-County Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Savannah Public & Effingham Liberty Regional 

Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Scottsbluff Public Librarv 

ATTN: Librn 

Scranton Public Librarv 

ATTN: Librn 

Seattle Public Librarv 

ATTN: Ref Dots Asst 

University of Richmond 

ATTN: Library 

226 
OTHER (Continued1 

Selby Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Shawnee Library System

ATTN: Librn 

Shreve Memorial Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Silas Bronson Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Sioux City Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Skidmore College 

ATTN: Librn 

Slippery Rock State College Library 

ATTN: Librn 

South Carolina State Library 

ATTN: Librn 

University of South Carolina 

ATTN: Librn 

University of South Carolina 

ATTN: Gov Dots 

South Dakota School of Mines & Technical Library 

ATTN: Librn 

South Dakota State Library 

ATTN: Fed Dots Dept 

University of South Dakota 

ATTN: Dots Librn 

South Florida University Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Southeast Missouri State University 

ATTN: Librn 

Southeastern Massachusetts University Library 

ATTN: Dots Set 

University of Southern Alabama 

ATTN: Librn 

Southern California University Library 

ATTN: Dots Dept 

Southern Connecticut State College 

ATTN: Library 

Southern Illinois University 

ATTN: Librn 

Southern Illinois University 

ATTN: Dots Ctr 

Southern Methodist University 

ATTN: Librn 

University of Southern Mississippi 

ATTN: Library 

OTHER (Continued) 

Southern Oregon College 

ATTN: Library 

Southern University in New Orleans Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Southern Utah State College Library 

ATTN: Dots Dept 

Southwest Missouri State College 

ATTN: Library 

University of Southwestern Louisiana Libraries 

ATTN: Librn 

Southwestern University 

ATTN: Librn 

Spokane Public Library 

ATTN: Ref Dept 

Springfield City Library 

ATTN: Dots Set 

St Bonaventure University 

ATTN: Librn 

St Joseph Public Library 

ATTN. Librn 

St Lawrence University 

ATTN. Librn 

St Louis Public Library 

ATTN. Librn 

St Paul Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Stanford University Library 

ATTN. Gov Dots Dept 

State Historical Sot Library 

ATTN: Dots Serials Set 

State Library of Massachusetts 

ATTN. Librn 

State IJniversity of New York 

ATTN: Librn 

Stetson University 

ATTN: Librn 

University of Steubenville 

ATTN: Librn 

Stockton & San Joaquin Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Stockton State College Library 

ATTN. Librn 

227 
JITHER (Continued) 

Superior Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Swarthmore College Library 

ATTN: Ref Dept 

Syracuse University Library 

ATTN: Dots Div 

Tacoma Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Hillsborough County Public Library at Tampa 

ATTN: Librn 

Temple University 

ATTN: Librn 

Tennessee Technological University 

ATTN: Librn 

University of Tennessee 

ATTN: Dir of Libraries 

College of Idaho 

ATTN: Librn 

Texas A & M University Library 

ATTN: Librn 

University of Texas at Arlington 

ATTN: Library Dots 

University of Texas at San Antonio 

ATTN: Library 

Texas Christian University 

ATTN: Librn 

Texas State Library 

ATTN: U.S. Dots Set 

Texas Tech University Library 

ATTN: Gov Dots Dept 

Texas University at Austin 

ATTN: Dots Co11 

University of Toledo Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Toledo Public Library 

ATTN: Social Science Dept 

Torrance Civic Center Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Traverse City Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Trenton Free Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Trinity College Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Trinity University Library 

ATTN: Dots Co11 

_OTHER (Continued) 

Tufts University Library 

ATTN: Dots Dept 

University of Tulsa 

ATTN: Librn 

UCLA Research Library 

ATTN: Pub Affairs Svc/U.S. Dots 

Uniformed Services University of the Health 

Sciences 

ATTN: LRC Library 

University Libraries 

ATTN: Dir of Lib 

University of Maine at Oreno 

ATTN: Librn 

University of Northern Iowa 

ATTN: Library 

Upper Iowa College 

ATTN: Dots Co11 

Utah State University 

ATTN: Librn 

University of Utah 

ATTN: Special Collections 

University of Utah 

ATTN: Dir of Libraries 

ATTN: Dept of Pharmacology 

Valencia Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Vanderbilt University Library 

ATTN: Gov Dots Set 

University of Vermont 

ATTN: Dir of Libraries 

Virginia Commonwealth University 

ATTN: Librn 

Virginia Military Institute 

ATTN; Librn 

Virginia Polytechnic Institute Library 

ATTN: Dots Dept 

Virginia State Library 

ATTN: Serials Set 

University of Virginia 

ATTN: Pub Dots 

Volusia County Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

228 
OTHER (Continued) 

Washington State Library 

ATTN: Dots Set 

Washington State University 

ATTN: Lib Dots Set 

Washington University Libraries 

ATTN: Dir of Lib 

University of Washington 

ATTN: Dots Div 

Wayne State University Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Wayne State University Law Library 

ATTN: Dots Dept 

Weber State College Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Wesleyan University 

ATTN: Dots Librn 

West Chester State College 

ATTN: Dots Dept 

West Covina Library 

ATTN: Librn 

University of West Florida 

ATT!I: Librn 

West Hills Conunity College 

ATTN: Library 

West Texas State University 

ATTN: Library 

West Virginia College of Grad Studies Library 

ATTN: Librn 

University of West Virginia 

ATTN: Dir of Libraries (Reg) 

Westerly Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Western Carolina University 

ATTN: Librn 

Western Illinois University Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Western Washington University 

ATTN: Librn 

Western Wyoming Community College Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Westmoreland City Community College 

ATTN: Learning Resource Ctr 

DTHER (Continued) 

Whitman College 

ATTN: Librn 

Wichita State University Library 

ATTN: Librn 

William & Mary College 

ATTN: Dots Dept 

Emporia Kansas State College 

ATTN: Gov Dots Div 

William College Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Willimantic Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Winthrop College 

ATTN: Dots Dept 

University of Wisconsin at Whitewater 

ATTN: Gov Dots Lib 

University of Wisconsin at Milwaukee 

ATTN: Lib Dots 

University of Wisconsin at Oshkosh 

ATTN: Librn 

University of Wisconsin at Platteville 

ATTN: Dot Unit Lib 

University of Wisconsin at Stevens Point 

ATTN: Dots Set 

University of Wisconsin 

ATTN: Gov Pubs Dept 

University of Wisconsin 

ATTN: Acquisitions Dept 

Worcester Public Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Wright State University Library 

ATTN: Gov Dots Librn 

Wyoming State Library 

ATTN: Librn 

University of Wyoming 

ATTN: Dots Div 

Yale University 

ATTN: Dir of Libraries 

Yeshiva University 

ATTN: Librn 

Yuma City County Library 

ATTN: Librn 

Simon ;;;rb Mem Lib, Columbus Co1 

: Librn 

229 
DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE CONTRACTORS DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE CONTRACTORS (Continued) 

Advanced Research & Applications Corp Kaman Tempo 

ATTN: H. Lee ATTN: C. Jones 

JAVCOR National Academy of Sciences 

ATTN: A. Nelson ATTN: C. Robinette 

10 cy ATTN: Health & Environment Div ATTN: Med Follow-up Agency 

ATTN: Nat Mat Advisory Bd 

Kaman Tempo 

ATTN: DASIAC Pacific-Sierra Research Corp 

ATTN: E. Martin ATTN: H. Brode. Chairman SAGE 

Kaman Tempo Science Applications, Inc 

ATTN: R. Miller ATTN: Tech Lib 

Science Applications, Inc R & D Associates 

JR6 Associates Div ATTN: P. Haas 

10 cy ATTN: L. Novotney 

230 
Y